三藏之路 Tipitaka Path
巴利三藏 · 巴利语翻译标准中译
首页义注律藏义注经分别义注韦兰迦篇义注

Verañjakaṇḍaṃ · 韦兰迦篇义注

474 段 · CSCD 巴利原典
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · 礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
Vinayapiṭake · 在律藏中
Pārājikakaṇḍa-aṭṭhakathā (paṭhamo bhāgo) · 巴拉基咖篇注疏(第一部分)
Ganthārambhakathā
绳结起始的说明
Yo kappakoṭīhipi appameyyaṃ;
无论具足千万亿次的功德,且无有极量;
Kālaṃ karonto atidukkarāni;
于时节中作难行之事;
Khedaṃ gato lokahitāya nātho;
已断除烦恼者,为利世间之主;
Namo mahākāruṇikassa tassa.
顶礼大慈悲者。
Asambudhaṃ buddhanisevitaṃ yaṃ;
凡是未曾觉悟者所奉事的佛;
Bhavābhavaṃ gacchati jīvaloko;
生死轮回不断流转,众生世界亦复如是;
Namo avijjādikilesajāla-
皈依于由无明等污垢所遮蔽的法海;
Viddhaṃsino dhammavarassa tassa.
彼法的清净光辉,定将其破除毁灭。
Guṇehi yo sīlasamādhipaññā-
以德行戒律、禅定与智慧为具足者,
Vimuttiñāṇappabhutīhi yutto;
并以解脱之知为相长,结合而成;
Khettaṃ janānaṃ kusalatthikānaṃ;
亦犹如善良之田地,令众生成就福德。
Tamariyasaṅghaṃ sirasā namāmi.
我顶礼那尊贵圣众。
Iccevamaccantanamassaneyyaṃ;
正如此,在此修行者中应当生起恭敬心;
Namassamāno ratanattayaṃ yaṃ;
礼敬那宝贵殊胜的三宝,
Puññābhisandaṃ vipulaṃ alatthaṃ;
那是广大无量的功德净土;
Tassānubhāvena hatantarāyo.
凭此功德果报,消除一切障碍阻碍。
Yasmiṃ ṭhite sāsanamaṭṭhitassa;
在此坚定立足于教法之中者,
Patiṭṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitassa;
已成稳固者谓之坚固;
Taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayaṃ amissaṃ;
我将称说此不失之律法;
Nissāya pubbācariyānubhāvaṃ.
依止前师之教导体会。
Kāmañca pubbācariyāsabhehi;
并凭前师所留下之遗教;
Ñāṇambuniddhotamalāsavehi;
药以智慧之泉、清净无染;
Visuddhavijjāpaṭisambhidehi ;
以净明智慧之妙证为根本;
Saddhammasaṃvaṇṇanakovidehi.
真实法义之说明能手,
Sallekhiye nosulabhūpamehi;
如同细致描绘般不易得,
Mahāvihārassa dhajūpamehi;
譬如庄严大寺之旗帜,
Saṃvaṇṇitoyaṃ vinayo nayehi;
此律仪以正直引导,
Cittehi sambuddhavaranvayehi.
以心念对应觉者脉络,
Saṃvaṇṇanā sīhaḷadīpakena;
用斯里兰卡明灯为描述。
Vākyena esā pana saṅkhatattā;
此句虽简,但具有紧密含义;
Na kiñci atthaṃ abhisambhuṇāti;
不蕴含任何外在他义;
Dīpantare bhikkhujanassa yasmā.
因其乃照明比库众的明灯;
Tasmā imaṃ pāḷinayānurūpaṃ;
因此,我现今发起对此巴利语教法相应的
Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ dāni samārabhissaṃ;
诠释表达;
Ajjhesanaṃ buddhasirivhayassa;
这是为觉尊者辉煌教法所作的说明。
Therassa sammā samanussaranto.
长老正自思惟理智地回忆。
Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ tañca samārabhanto;
从而开始详细叙述说明;
Tassā mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīraṃ;
作了那宏大注疏的整体结构;
Katvā mahāpaccariyaṃ tatheva;
完成了那伟大详细的解释;
Kurundināmādisu vissutāsu.
在诸如『库伦提』等广为流传的著作中。
Vinicchayo aṭṭhakathāsu vutto;
对注疏的条理归纳已被说明。
Yo yuttamatthaṃ apariccajanto;
彼放弃一切妄念,正意守护所应守持之法;
Tatopi antogadhatheravādaṃ;
即断尽内藏之恶见;
Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ samma samārabhissaṃ.
正当以正智详悉宣说之。
Taṃ me nisāmentu pasannacittā;
愿于此我静默时,心怀欢悦;
Therā ca bhikkhū navamajjhimā ca;
长老比库及中晚辈亦然;
Dhammappadīpassa tathāgatassa;
彼为显扬法灯之如来所说教法;
Sakkacca dhammaṃ patimānayantā.
上述法门,确实被谨慎坚守者所持守。
Buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto;
世尊所宣说者,为教法与律仪。
Yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto;
谁于此法如实了解,犹若亲属般熟悉,
So yehi tesaṃ matimaccajantā;
彼与世尊的追随者智慧相契合,
Yasmā pure aṭṭhakathā akaṃsu.
因为他们曾在古时撰写注疏。
Tasmā hi yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ;
因此,注疏中所述内容,确实真实可靠。
Taṃ vajjayitvāna pamādalekhaṃ;
断除懈怠与疏漏,
Sabbampi sikkhāsu sagāravānaṃ;
于一切戒律中生起庄严,
Yasmā pamāṇaṃ idha paṇḍitānaṃ.
因为此处为智者的度量所在。
Tato ca bhāsantarameva hitvā;
继而舍弃繁复辞藻,
Vitthāramaggañca samāsayitvā;
摒弃冗长之道理描述,
Vinicchayaṃ sabbamasesayitvā;
彻底断除一切繁琐细节;
Tantikkamaṃ kiñci avokkamitvā.
对所有相关之无记纤细之事皆已详尽说明。
Suttantikānaṃ vacanānamatthaṃ;
这是根据经文内容所制定的言说旨意;
Suttānurūpaṃ paridīpayantī;
以配合经文为本,详加阐释说明;
Yasmā ayaṃ hessati vaṇṇanāpi;
因为此处笔述的内容,亦将成为对经文的注解;
Sakkacca tasmā anusikkhitabbāti.
因此当精心专注地加以遵循学习。
Bāhiranidānakathā
关于外在因缘的陈述
Tattha taṃ vaṇṇayissaṃ vinayanti vuttattā vinayo tāva vavatthapetabbo. Tenetaṃ vuccati – ‘‘vinayo nāma idha sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ adhippeta’’nti. Saṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ panassa ayaṃ mātikā –
在此所要解说的训诂,是依据所说的律法来加以说明的。因为如此,这段文句被称为『律法』,就是说这里所包含的就是整个律藏的纲要。
Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ;
所说的,是为了解释何时、何因以及以何法被维护和保持;
Yatthappatiṭṭhitacetametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tato.
并且阐明此法基于何义而设规定;
Tenātiādipāṭhassa, atthaṃ nānappakārato;
因此,开头章句的意义有多方面的不同角度;
Dassayanto karissāmi, vinayassatthavaṇṇananti.
我今将以此为基,来说明律法之意,作为律法的释义;
Tattha vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmāti idaṃ tāva vacanaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti evamādivacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Idañhi buddhassa bhagavato attapaccakkhavacanaṃ na hoti, tasmā vattabbametaṃ ‘‘idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ, kadā vuttaṃ, kasmā ca vutta’’nti? Āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ, tañca pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle.
其中所说的『何时、何因』,此言『当时世尊住于婆罗门城时』等初始句,是根据前后相关语境而成文。因该语句不是直接出自世尊本人的自语,因此须考察此语句『此言由谁所说、何时说出、为何而说』?对此,长老阿阇黎大德那尊者所说,而此语句乃初次大集合律(第一大律集)时所记录。
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā第一次大结集之说
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgīti nāma cesā kiñcāpi pañcasatikasaṅgītikkhandhake vuttā, nidānakosallatthaṃ pana idhāpi iminā nayena veditabbā. Dhammacakkappavattanañhi ādiṃ katvā yāva subhaddaparibbājakavinayanā katabuddhakicce kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane yamakasālānamantare visākhapuṇṇamadivase paccūsasamaye anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbute bhagavati lokanāthe, bhagavato parinibbāne sannipatitānaṃ sattannaṃ bhikkhusatasahassānaṃ saṅghatthero āyasmā mahākassapo sattāhaparinibbute bhagavati, subhaddena vuḍḍhapabbajitena ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena; upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti! Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma na taṃ karissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 437; dī. ni. 2.232) vuttavacanamanussaranto ‘‘ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ pāpabhikkhū atītasatthukaṃ pāvacananti maññamānā pakkhaṃ labhitvā nacirasseva saddhammaṃ antaradhāpeyyuṃ, yāva ca dhammavinayo tiṭṭhati tāva anatītasatthukameva pāvacanaṃ hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
第一篇《大集合颂》之名,亦曾载于《五百集颂》小部,语句虽简,但因能精妙揭示缘起意旨,故此亦当以此义解读。起首宣说转法轮,直到贤善游方比库律仪作成后,于拘尸那迦城附近摩罗林中双厅之间,在维萨卡月圆日黎明时分,当无余依涅槃法界已成佛陀涅槃,世界珍宝世尊灭度之时,百千七千比库僧众集会,其长老具寿大咖萨巴,乃佛陀灭度七十日后,于拘尸那迦城,年老出家长者苏巴达言说曰:“诸位愚友,不必忧愁,不必哀叹,我们已因大圣游方比库稳当护持该法;若有损犯,亦当择善所恶,言‘此为汝等所成,此为汝等所不成。’如今吾等当行吾意,非吾意当不行。”(引自《小本续·四三七》;《长部尼迦耶》二二三页)据此传诵言教,谓:“虽有恶比库暂时违犯佛陀戒律,误解灭度已久真相,遂见闻断正法即将绝灭。然佛陀法律犹存,至极已灭时,乃为过去灭度佛诫言,‘阿难,我所宣法及律法,受持清净者必为师。’”(引自《长部尼迦耶》二一七页)
‘Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto , so vo mamaccayena satthā’ti (dī. ni. 2.216).
佛陀言:“阿难,我所说之法及持法者,实为成就,是真正以我为师奉行也。”(《长部尼迦耶》二一六页)
‘‘Yaṃnūnāhaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyaṃ, yathayidaṃ sāsanaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ.
“如果我当将法与律归合为一,如此教法必得久远长存,不会消逝。”
Yaṃ cāhaṃ bhagavatā –
「而我被世尊——」
‘Dhāressasi pana me tvaṃ, kassapa, sāṇāni paṃsukūlāni nibbasanānī’ti vatvā cīvare sādhāraṇaparibhogena ceva,
“大咖萨巴,你当持守尘堆衣,灰尘衣及枯萎的袈裟。”
‘Ahaṃ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi; kassapopi, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhati vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’ti –
“比库们,我修习禅定,远离爱欲……入即初禅,长者咖萨巴也同样希求远离爱欲……入即初禅而修行。”
Evamādinā nayena navānupubbavihārachaḷabhiññāppabhede uttarimanussadhamme attanā samasamaṭṭhapanena ca anuggahito, tassa kimaññaṃ āṇaṇyaṃ bhavissati; nanu maṃ bhagavā rājā viya sakakavacaissariyānuppadānena attano kulavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpakaṃ puttaṃ ‘saddhammavaṃsappatiṭṭhāpako me ayaṃ bhavissatī’ti mantvā iminā asādhāraṇena anuggahena anuggahesī’’ti cintayanto dhammavinayasaṅgāyanatthaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhaṃ janesi. Yathāha –
如是之故,依照此法,以新的渐次教义的推演、详尽的分辨多种通达,加以自己亲自同等顺次的说明辅佐,关于此当如何解说呢;岂非世尊如国王般,凭借萨咖语之王权传承,立定自身家族世系之基,心念『如是佛法世间传承的建立者,此子未来亦当成为』,于是怀抱这非凡的辅佐,念及此事,为众比库集聚法律纪律,生起努力之心。如是思惟,遂生振奋,比库们因此逐渐欢喜。正如所说——
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭipanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.231) sabbaṃ subhaddakaṇḍaṃ vitthārato veditabbaṃ.
于是长老大咖萨巴比库呼唤众比库说:『现在我随诸比库众,于喜舍那罗城东南之处,与广大比库团体合共,正为第五百位比库接纳入团』(出二藏·二二三)此一善法演说,应当极为详尽了知。
Tato paraṃ āha –
其后又说——
‘‘Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma. Pure adhammo dippati, dhammo paṭibāhiyyati; avinayo dippati, vinayo paṭibāhiyyati. Pure adhammavādino balavanto honti, dhammavādino dubbalā honti; avinayavādino balavanto honti, vinayavādino dubbalā hontī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
『看哪,诸比库,今当我们集聚法与律。过去邪法显现,法为抑制;过去无律露出,律为抑制。昔时邪法言者强盛,正法言说者微弱;昔时无律言者强盛,律法言说者衰微。』(小戒律·四三七)
Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘tena hi, bhante, thero bhikkhū uccinatū’’ti. Thero sakalanavaṅgasatthusāsanapariyattidhare puthujjana-sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmi-sukkhavipassakakhīṇāsavabhikkhū anekasate anekasahasse ca vajjetvā tipiṭakasabbapariyattippabhedadhare paṭisambhidāppatte mahānubhāve yebhuyyena bhagavatā etadaggaṃ āropite tevijjādibhede khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva ekūnapañcasate pariggahesi. Ye sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo ekenūnāpañcaarahantasatāni uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
比库们曰:『因此,尊者,长老比库被尊崇』。该长老乃持守出家人全法系统教法,通晓外道、声闻、缘觉、辟支佛、阿拉汉、不染众生,比库多达数百千人,诵持三藏及悉皆注疏,经律辨理具足,其智慧极为宏大。按佛陀授予之三明殊胜,持戒无染之比库仅一百九十五位。基于此,有论说称:『昔时尊者大咖萨巴长老独享一百余阿拉汉称号』(小戒律·四三七)。
Kissa pana thero ekenūnamakāsīti? Āyasmato ānandattherassa okāsakaraṇatthaṃ. Tena hāyasmatā sahāpi vināpi na sakkā dhammasaṅgīti kātuṃ, so hāyasmā sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tasmā sahāpi na sakkā; yasmā panassa kiñci dasabaladesitaṃ suttageyyādikaṃ bhagavato asammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā vināpi na sakkā. Yadi evaṃ sekkhopi samāno dhammasaṅgītiyā bahukārattā therena uccinitabbo assa. Atha kasmā na uccinitoti ? Parūpavādavivajjanato. Thero hi āyasmante ānande ativiya vissattho ahosi, tathā hi naṃ sirasmiṃ palitesu jātesupi ‘‘na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) kumārakavādena ovadati. Sakyakulappasuto cāyaṃ āyasmā tathāgatassa bhātā cūḷapituputto. Tatra hi bhikkhū chandāgamanaṃ viya maññamānā ‘‘bahū asekkhapaṭisambhidāppatte bhikkhū ṭhapetvā ānandaṃ sekkhapaṭisambhidāppattaṃ thero uccinī’’ti upavadeyyuṃ, taṃ parūpavādaṃ parivajjento ‘‘ānandaṃ vinā saṅgīti na sakkā kātuṃ, bhikkhūnaṃyeva anumatiyā gahessāmī’’ti na uccini.
长老独享称谓何以为耶?此为尊者阿难尊者答复缘故。若无阿难尊者的辅佐,亦不能集诵法义,彼为尊敬的同伴,有其辅助之力,故亦不能聚集。缘尊者不曾亲闻佛陀直接宣说任何《十力》、《十种威力》及律录之类,故亦无所集。即使如此,若连辅助机构都无,亦无法诵受佛法。如若尊者未被尊崇,则何以因由?乃为异说诽谤所致。尊者阿难对佛多有信心,正如启示中所载,曾于恶人头上出世时,含括语说『我等幼儿非愚人』(相应部·二一五),尊者为释迦族之子,亦为如来之弟—小父子。此中,若如愿赴法之比库,其心似乎认为『众多未受戒胜的比库中,确立阿难尊者受戒优胜的长老称谓』,故有此说,诽谤他人。尊者以此回避异语诽谤,说曰『无阿难则难以集诵,唯有比库同意,方可成立』,遂不称扬之事也。
Atha sayameva bhikkhū ānandassatthāya theraṃ yāciṃsu. Yathāha –
于是,比库们就在僧舍中向阿难长老请求。内容如下——
‘‘Bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā ānando kiñcāpi sekkho abhabbo chandā dosā mohā bhayā agatiṃ gantuṃ, bahu cānena bhagavato santike dhammo ca vinayo ca pariyatto; tena hi, bhante, thero āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinatū’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantampi ānandaṃ uccinī’’ti (cūḷava. 437).
『比库们对长老大咖萨巴说——“这位长老阿难,稍有差错,因此既无能力、又无兴趣、无嗔恨、无迷惑、无恐惧,也不会堕入邪道。世尊身边的法与律已多为广传,因此长老请允许我们宣说阿难”。于是大咖萨巴长老同意由这位长老阿难宣说』(小本第437经)。
Evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anumatiyā uccinitena tenāyasmatā saddhiṃ pañca therasatāni ahesuṃ.
如此,在比库们的许可下,由这位长老阿难宣说,多达五百位长老出现。
Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kattha nu kho mayaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti. Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘rājagahaṃ kho mahāgocaraṃ pahūtasenāsanaṃ, yaṃnūna mayaṃ rājagahe vassaṃ vasantā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāma, na aññe bhikkhū rājagahe vassaṃ upagaccheyyu’’nti. Kasmā pana nesaṃ etadahosi? Idaṃ amhākaṃ thāvarakammaṃ, koci visabhāgapuggalo saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisitvā ukkoṭeyyāti. Athāyasmā mahākassapo ñattidutiyena kammena sāvesi, taṃ saṅgītikkhandhake vuttanayeneva ñātabbaṃ.
然后,这些长老比库们有这样的商议:“我们应当在哪里集齐法与律呢?”他们决定:“王舍城乃弘大福地,广设僧房,我们应在王舍城过雨安居,集齐法与律,其他比库不可在王舍城安居。”这为何耶?因这乃我等的固定业缘,有坏性格的人若进入僧团必招翻坏局面。大咖萨巴长老因第三因缘便做了藏护,这在《禁戒集》里已明确指出。
Atha tathāgatassa parinibbānato sattasu sādhukīḷanadivasesu sattasu ca dhātupūjādivasesu vītivattesu ‘‘aḍḍhamāso atikkanto, idāni gimhānaṃ diyaḍḍho māso seso, upakaṭṭhā vassūpanāyikā’’ti mantvā mahākassapatthero ‘‘rājagahaṃ, āvuso, gacchāmā’’ti upaḍḍhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Anuruddhattheropi upaḍḍhaṃ gahetvā ekaṃ maggaṃ gato. Ānandatthero pana bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiṃ gantvā rājagahaṃ gantukāmo yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. Ānandattherena gatagataṭṭhāne mahāparidevo ahosi – ‘‘bhante ānanda, kuhiṃ satthāraṃ ṭhapetvā āgatosī’’ti . Anupubbena pana sāvatthiṃ anuppatte there bhagavato parinibbānadivase viya mahāparidevo ahosi.
后来,诸佛般涅槃七个美好月份和七个供养之月全过后,大咖萨巴长老心念:“已过半月,今距夏季雨安半个半月尾声,即将入雨安”。于是大咖萨巴长老携带集会的比库,往王舍城去。阿难长老则披持世尊遗袈裟,率众前往舍卫城,欲从舍卫城入王舍城,随后出发同行。阿难长老刚到之处,引发极大忧伤——“阿难呀,你是为安置导师而来的吗?”就像世尊般涅槃之日,刚才诸长老抵达舍卫城时的巨大悲痛一样。
Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā ānando aniccatādipaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya taṃ mahājanaṃ saññāpetvā jetavanaṃ pavisitvā dasabalena vasitagandhakuṭiyā dvāraṃ vivaritvā mañcapīṭhaṃ nīharitvā papphoṭetvā gandhakuṭiṃ sammajjitvā milātamālākacavaraṃ chaḍḍetvā mañcapīṭhaṃ atiharitvā puna yathāṭhāne ṭhapetvā bhagavato ṭhitakāle karaṇīyaṃ vattaṃ sabbamakāsi. Atha thero bhagavato parinibbānato pabhuti ṭhānanisajjabahulattā ussannadhātukaṃ kāyaṃ samassāsetuṃ dutiyadivase khīravirecanaṃ pivitvā vihāreyeva nisīdi. Yaṃ sandhāya subhena māṇavena pahitaṃ māṇavakaṃ etadavoca –
此时,长老阿难以无常等法为题,向大众说明佛法,进入祇树给孤独园。用十个重重的白檀香木雕饰门,推开卧榻,打扫芳香亭,焚香梵薪,脱下花环和外袈裟,挪动卧榻复归原位。世尊在世时应行之事,他一一完成。次日,长老于世尊般涅槃后,因身体受诸疾苦促使,饮用净牛乳,仍在寺院中安坐。于此处,一位名叫素笃的婆罗门庄严地对他说了以下话——
‘‘Akālo kho, māṇavaka, atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā, appeva nāma svepi upasaṅkameyyāmā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.447).
“小子,今日我仅仅服用药物而已,时机未到,并且即使自己,也本应适时进止。”(长部·卷一·447)
Dutiyadivase cetakattherena pacchāsamaṇena gantvā subhena māṇavena puṭṭho dīghanikāye subhasuttaṃnāma dasamaṃ suttamabhāsi.
次日,舍头长老与后来的沙玛内一同前往,向善男子询问,在长部中名为善经的第十品经文讲说。
Atha thero jetavanavihāre khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ kārāpetvā upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya rājagahaṃ gato. Tathā mahākassapatthero anuruddhatthero ca sabbaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ gahetvā rājagahameva gato.
随后,该长老在揭德林林中精心布置折叶帐篷,完成后即奉命去王舍城作为雨安居。于是大咖萨巴长老与阿努儒达长老率众比库僧团一同前往王舍城。
Tena kho pana samayena rājagahe aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārā honti. Te sabbepi chaḍḍitapatitauklāpā ahesuṃ. Bhagavato hi parinibbāne sabbe bhikkhū attano attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā vihāre ca pariveṇe ca chaḍḍetvā agamaṃsu. Tattha therā bhagavato vacanapūjanatthaṃ titthiyavādaparimocanatthañca ‘‘paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karomā’’ti cintesuṃ. Titthiyā hi evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘‘samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakā satthari ṭhiteyeva vihāre paṭijaggiṃsu, parinibbute chaḍḍesu’’nti. Tesaṃ vādaparimocanatthañca cintesunti vuttaṃ hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ –
当时王舍城共有十八座大寺院,所有寺院皆已废弃荒芜。世尊涅槃时,所有比库各自携带自己法衣,舍弃于寺院及其围墙范围内而离去。于此,长老们为了尊敬世尊语教、并排解外道之争,思虑道:“初月当造折叶帐蓬。”外道即如此辩说:“佛陀的弟子在师陀佛住的寺院即刻集居去做,而涅槃后则舍弃。”为了解这些说法,众人深思后说,乃如次:
‘‘Atha kho therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etadahosi – ‘bhagavatā kho, āvuso, khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ vaṇṇitaṃ. Handa mayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ khaṇḍaphullappaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ karoma, majjhimaṃ māsaṃ sannipatitvā dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā’’ti (cūḷava. 438).
于是比库长老便思忖——“世尊啊,诸位,此折叶帐篷已名为‘折叶帐蓬’,且我们诸人当于初月建造折叶帐蓬,中月集会共诵法律。”(中部·438)
Te dutiyadivase gantvā rājadvāre aṭṭhaṃsu. Ajātasattu rājā āgantvā vanditvā ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, āgatatthā’’ti attanā kattabbakiccaṃ paṭipucchi. Therā aṭṭhārasa mahāvihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇatthāya hatthakammaṃ paṭivedesuṃ. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā hatthakammakārake manusse adāsi. Therā paṭhamaṃ māsaṃ sabbavihāre paṭisaṅkharāpetvā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, vihārapaṭisaṅkharaṇaṃ. Idāni dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ karomā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante, vissatthā karotha. Mayhaṃ āṇācakkaṃ, tumhākaṃ dhammacakkaṃ hotu. Āṇāpetha, bhante, kiṃ karomī’’ti? ‘‘Saṅgahaṃ karontānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sannisajjaṭṭhānaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kattha karomi, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Vebhārapabbatapasse sattapaṇṇiguhādvāre kātuṃ yuttaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho rājā ajātasattu vissakammunā nimmitasadisaṃ suvibhattabhittitthambhasopānaṃ nānāvidhamālākammalataākammavicittaṃ abhibhavantamiva rājabhavanavibhūtiṃ avahasantamiva devavimānasiriṃ siriyā niketamiva ekanipātatitthamiva ca devamanussanayanavihaṅgānaṃ lokarāmaṇeyyakamiva sampiṇḍitaṃ daṭṭhabbasāramaṇḍaṃ maṇḍapaṃ kārāpetvā vividhakusumadāma-olambaka-viniggalantacāruvitānaṃ ratanavicittamaṇikoṭṭimatalamiva ca naṃ nānāpupphūpahāravicittasupariniṭṭhitabhūmikammaṃ brahmavimānasadisaṃ alaṅkaritvā tasmiṃ mahāmaṇḍape pañcasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anagghāni pañca kappiyapaccattharaṇasatāni paññāpetvā dakkhiṇabhāgaṃ nissāya uttarābhimukhaṃ therāsanaṃ maṇḍapamajjhe puratthābhimukhaṃ buddhassa bhagavato āsanārahaṃ dhammāsanaṃ paññāpetvā dantakhacitaṃ bījaniñcettha ṭhapetvā bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocāpesi – ‘‘niṭṭhitaṃ, bhante, mama kicca’’nti.
次日,众人至王门时约有八人。未生怨王即前来拜敬,问:“比库,汝等来意为何?”比库答曰:“为寺院折叶帐蓬事。”长老等则呈请以手势说明,为十八大寺院造帐蓬之事。王曰:“善哉,比库!”随即赐予其从人力。长老则报王道:“第一月已造全寺帐蓬,今当整顿法律戒律。”王答:“好,比库,速成其事,使我转法轮,汝等得转法轮。”比库请问:“当如何为之?”王答:“建制者众聚之地,王者,当在维婆罗帕山背风处七叶洞门一带造之。”王便同意:“善哉,比库!”未生怨王以象征权柄之标示,立起华丽且结构牢固之厅阁,装饰各色彩带,犹如梵天宫殿辉煌,十分壮观美妙。并置多样花卉与香飾,规划整齐坚固之地面,装饰如梵天宫殿,此外大厅能容纳五百比库,赞叹五百许可修行者,并供养于南边,前面朝北,长老座于厅堂中央,面前朝东置世尊佛陀座位法座。还立有禁咬咬草植株。彼时比库向僧团陈报说:“已毕,世尊,我之使命已成。”
Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sandhāya evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe eko bhikkhu vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaratī’’ti. Thero taṃ sutvā ‘‘imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe añño vissagandhaṃ vāyanto vicaraṇakabhikkhu nāma natthi, addhā ete maṃ sandhāya vadantī’’ti saṃvegaṃ āpajji. Ekacce bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āhaṃsu – ‘‘sve, āvuso, sannipāto tvañca sekkho sakaraṇīyo, tena te na yuttaṃ sannipātaṃ gantuṃ, appamatto hohī’’ti.
那时候,有些比库聚集在尊者阿难面前,说道:「在这比库僧团中,有一比库身上散发异香。」尊者听闻后说:「在此比库僧团中,没有其他比库散发异香,这些人是特意来问我的。」他因此觉起警觉。于是有些比库对尊者阿难说:「师兄,你是导师,是监护者,不应轻易前往那些集合处,要谨慎小心。」
Atha kho āyasmā ānando – ‘‘sve sannipāto, na kho pana metaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ sekkho samāno sannipātaṃ gaccheyya’’nti bahudeva rattiṃ kāyagatāyasatiyā vītināmetvā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ caṅkamā orohitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘nipajjissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ āvajjesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, appattañca sīsaṃ bimbohanaṃ, etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci. Ayañhi āyasmā caṅkamena bahi vītināmetvā visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ asakkonto cintesi – ‘‘nanu maṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja; khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’ti (dī. ni. 2.207). Buddhānañca kathādoso nāma natthi. Mama accāraddhaṃ vīriyaṃ tena me cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati. Handāhaṃ vīriyasamathaṃ yojemī’’ti caṅkamā orohitvā pādadhovanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā pāde dhovitvā vihāraṃ pavisitvā mañcake nisīditvā ‘‘thokaṃ vissamissāmī’’ti kāyaṃ mañcake upanāmesi. Dve pādā bhūmito muttā, sīsañca bimbohanaṃ asampattaṃ. Etasmiṃ antare anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ, catuiriyāpathavirahitaṃ therassa arahattaṃ ahosi. Tena imasmiṃ sāsane anipanno anisinno aṭṭhito acaṅkamanto ‘‘ko bhikkhu arahattaṃ patto’’ti vutte ‘‘ānandatthero’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
随后尊者阿难说:「好吧,既是集合,我这做导师的自当前往集合。」他整夜除去身体上的杂念,行走至天亮时进入僧院,身体安住后「进入正受」。双足离地,头顶没有倦怠,这中间由于无所执著,并借助烦恼断灭,心地获得自由。尊者阿难行走之后,洗净身心,因不能制造特别现象而起疑虑,心想:「佛陀曾告我说:‘阿难,你是应当专精修习的善人,你必能速得无烦恼。’佛的言语无谬。我虽努力精进,但心中仍起动搅扰,明日我当修持精进使其平静。」他行走至脚洗处,洗足进入僧院,坐于垫上含身休息,双足离地,头顶无倦怠。此时,心由于无执著且烦恼断灭,获得解脱,尊者断尽四根,证得阿拉汉果。由此,在这教法中,没有游离无依,静坐不动行走的这个身心俱到阿拉汉,论议时说「何人比库已得阿拉汉果」时,有人答说:「尊者阿难。」
Atha kho therā bhikkhū dutiyadivase katabhattakiccā pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā dhammasabhāyaṃ sannipatitā. Ānandatthero pana attano arahattappattiṃ ñāpetukāmo bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ na gato. Bhikkhū yathāvuḍḍhaṃ attano attano pattāsane nisīdantā ānandattherassa āsanaṃ ṭhapetvā nisinnā. Tattha kehici ‘‘etamāsanaṃ kassā’’ti vutte ‘‘ānandattherassā’’ti. ‘‘Ānando pana kuhiṃ gato’’ti? Tasmiṃ samaye thero cintesi – ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ gamanakālo’’ti. Tato attano ānubhāvaṃ dassento pathaviyaṃ nimujjitvā attano āsaneyeva attānaṃ dassesi. Ākāsenāgantvā nisīdītipi eke.
第二天早晨,比库们完成饭食、日用、净衣后,聚集到法会。尊者阿难想要证实自己已得阿拉汉果,便未与比库们同来。他见各比库稳坐自己的座位后,将自己的座位放置在那里而后坐下。有人问:「这个座位是谁的?」答曰:「是尊者阿难的。」「阿难去哪里了?」当时尊者思惟:「现在应是我离去之际。」他观察自己落座的地面,俯身观看,察觉自身坐在座位上。天上有人亦降临帮忙就坐。
Evaṃ nisinne tasmiṃ āyasmante mahākassapatthero bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘āvuso, kiṃ paṭhamaṃ saṅgāyāma, dhammaṃ vā vinayaṃ vā’’ti? Bhikkhū āhaṃsu – ‘‘bhante mahākassapa, vinayo nāma buddhasāsanassa āyu, vinaye ṭhite sāsanaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti; tasmā paṭhamaṃ vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti,. ‘‘Kaṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti? ‘‘Āyasmantaṃ upāli’’nti. ‘‘Kiṃ ānando nappahotī’’ti? ‘‘No nappahoti; api ca kho pana sammāsambuddho dharamānoyeva vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ etadagge ṭhapesi – ‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vinayadharānaṃ yadidaṃ upālī’ti (a. ni. 1.219, 228). Tasmā upālittheraṃ pucchitvā vinayaṃ saṅgāyāmā’’ti. Tato thero vinayaṃ pucchanatthāya attanāva attānaṃ sammanni. Upālittheropi vissajjanatthāya sammanni. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi –
尊者们就座后,大尊者咖萨巴尊者问道:「尊者,首先应当学习什么?法呢?律呢?」比库们回答:「尊者咖萨巴,律是佛法的生命,有律则法稳固,因此首要学习的是律。」尊者问:「由谁来教呢?」答曰:「是尊者伍巴离。」尊者问:「阿难是否不教?」答曰:「并非不教,正自觉者根据律典,把教导传授给尊者伍巴离,称其为众比库律法的宝藏。因此我们向伍巴离尊者请教律。」随后尊者自我准备问律,尊者伍巴离同样准备回答。在此巴利文中曰:
‘‘Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
"后来尊者大咖萨巴向僧团说:
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyya’nti.
“诸比库请听我说,如果僧团有人犯戒,我将问伍巴离有关律的事。”
‘‘Āyasmāpi upāli saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
尊者伍波难德也向僧团询问说——
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena vinayaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti.
“请听我说,尊者,僧团!如果僧团中有轻微过失,我愿意向尊者大咖萨巴恭敬请教律藏,予以挽回。”
Evaṃ attanāva attānaṃ sammannitvā āyasmā upāli uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi, dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Tato āyasmā mahākassapo therāsane nisīditvā āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ pucchi – ‘‘paṭhamaṃ, āvuso upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti ? ‘‘Vesāliyaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Sudinnaṃ kalandaputtaṃ ārabbhā’’ti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Methunadhamme’’ti.
于是,尊者伍波难德自恭自敬,起身脱下一块袈裟,向长老比库们敬礼,坐于法座上,拿起调馋齿制成的种子。接着尊者大咖萨巴坐于长老座位上,询问尊者伍波难德律藏——“第一戒制,尊者伍波难德,于何处制定?”“在韦萨离,尊者。”“由谁开始?”“由苏定那·迦兰陀孺子开始。”“涉及何因缘?”“有关夫妻行为。”
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ paṭhamassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, paññattimpi pucchi, anupaññattimpi pucchi, āpattimpi pucchi, anāpattimpi pucchi; yathā ca paṭhamassa tathā dutiyassa tathā tatiyassa tathā catutthassa pārājikassa vatthumpi pucchi…pe… anāpattimpi pucchi. Puṭṭho puṭṭho upālitthero vissajjesi. Tato imāni cattāri pārājikāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti saṅgahaṃ āropetvā ṭhapesuṃ. Terasa saṅghādisesāni ‘‘terasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Dve sikkhāpadāni ‘‘aniyatānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyapācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Dvenavuti sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Cattāri sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ.
于是尊者大咖萨巴向伍波难德尊者一一询问第一戒制的事由,原因,个人,已制定的内容,未制定的内容,犯戒行为,未犯戒行为;随即又依次询问第二、第三、第四戒制的事由……违犯行为。如此逐一问讯之后,尊者伍波难德解除疑惑。于是这四项巴拉基戒(即无上戒)被总括归类命名为“巴拉基卷”。十三项僧团分裂戒称为“十三项”。二项戒本名“无定戒”。三十项戒称为“尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚戒”。九十二项戒称为“巴吉帝亚戒”。四项戒称为“应悔过戒”。七十五项戒称为“应学法戒”。七项戒称为“止诤戒”。
Evaṃ mahāvibhaṅgaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropetvā bhikkhunīvibhaṅge aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pārājikakaṇḍaṃ nāma ida’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Sattarasa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sattarasaka’’nti ṭhapesuṃ. Tiṃsa sikkhāpadāni ‘‘nissaggiyapācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Chasaṭṭhisatasikkhāpadāni ‘‘pācittiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Aṭṭha sikkhāpadāni ‘‘pāṭidesanīyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Pañcasattati sikkhāpadāni ‘‘sekhiyānī’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Satta dhamme ‘‘adhikaraṇasamathā’’ti ṭhapesuṃ. Evaṃ bhikkhunīvibhaṅgaṃ saṅgahaṃ āropetvā eteneva upāyena khandhakaparivārepi āropesuṃ. Evametaṃ saubhatovibhaṅgakhandhakaparivāraṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ saṅgahamārūḷhaṃ sabbaṃ mahākassapatthero pucchi, upālitthero vissajjesi. Pucchāvissajjanapariyosāne pañca arahantasatāni saṅgahaṃ āropitanayeneva gaṇasajjhāyamakaṃsu. Vinayasaṅgahāvasāne upālitthero dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ nikkhipitvā dhammāsanā orohitvā vuḍḍhe bhikkhū vanditvā attano pattāsane nisīdi.
如此将这尊大戒律总括分类后,在比库尼戒律中,也以八项巴拉基戒命名,七十八项称为“七十八项”,三十项为“尼萨耆亚巴吉帝亚戒”,六百五十六项为“巴吉帝亚戒”,八项为“应悔过戒”,七十五项为“应学法戒”,七项为“止诤戒”。以此法分类,也加以归于律藏中的经卷类目。如此殊胜的戒律总分类被收纳于律藏。尊者大咖萨巴问讯,尊者伍波难德解除疑难。问答结束后,五百多位阿拉汉们被收纳为僧团集合。律藏总集结尾,尊者伍波难德放下调馋齿制种子,降座于法座,向年长比库敬礼,坐于自己的座位。
Vinayaṃ saṅgāyitvā dhammaṃ saṅgāyitukāmo āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘dhammaṃ saṅgāyantehi kaṃ puggalaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dhammo saṅgāyitabbo’’ti? Bhikkhū ‘‘ānandattheraṃ dhuraṃ katvā’’ti āhaṃsu.
想要集律藏、集法藏的尊者大咖萨巴向比库们问道——“在集法时,应该以谁为标准带头,将法集于一起?”比库们回答说:“应以长老阿难为标准带头。”
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
于是具寿大咖萨巴向僧团说明说——
‘‘Suṇātu me, āvuso, saṅgho. Yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti.
『大众当听,我友,若僧团中有须知事,今日我将向阿难询问法义。』
Atha kho āyasmā ānando saṅghaṃ ñāpesi –
于是具寿阿难向僧团说明说——
‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmatā mahākassapena dhammaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeyya’’nti.
『各位尊长大德当听,若僧团中有须知事,今日我将向具寿大咖萨巴请教法义后释疑。』
Atha kho āyasmā ānando uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā there bhikkhū vanditvā dhammāsane nisīdi dantakhacitaṃ bījaniṃ gahetvā. Atha mahākassapatthero ānandattheraṃ dhammaṃ pucchi – ‘‘brahmajālaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Antarā ca, bhante, rājagahaṃ antarā ca nāḷandaṃ rājāgārake ambalaṭṭhikāya’’nti. ‘‘Kaṃ ārabbhā’’ti? ‘‘Suppiyañca paribbājakaṃ, brahmadattañca māṇava’’nti. ‘‘Kismiṃ vatthusmi’’nti? ‘‘Vaṇṇāvaṇṇe’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ brahmajālassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi, vatthumpi pucchi. ‘‘Sāmaññaphalaṃ panāvuso ānanda, kattha bhāsita’’nti? ‘Rājagahe, bhante, jīvakambavane’’ti. ‘‘Kena saddhi’’nti? ‘‘Ajātasattunā vedehiputtena saddhi’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ sāmaññaphalassa nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchi. Eteneva upāyena pañca nikāye pucchi.
于是具寿阿难起身,单穿一件袈裟,向长老比库致礼后,端坐法座,取出含着牙齿细磨的种子。然后具寿大咖萨巴长老询问阿难说:『我友阿难,梵网经是从何处说起的?』『尊长,梵网经起于王舍城与那烂陀之间,王舍城的聚落安布拉蒂基附近。』『以何为始?』『是从修行游方者苏披耶和学童梵达塔开始的。』『在何事上?』『五种不同颜色的种种事相。』于是具寿大咖萨巴长老又问阿难梵网经的缘起、人物与事由。又问说:『我友阿难,出家功德经是从何处说的?』『尊长,出家功德经是王舍城基瓦甘园。』『以谁同行?』『与未生怨王子和跋提波子同住。』于是具寿大咖萨巴又问阿难出家功德经的缘起、人物与事由。以此方法,五部大藏皆向阿难请教。
Pañcanikāyā nāma – dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti. Tattha khuddakanikāyo nāma – cattāro nikāye ṭhapetvā, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Tattha vinayo āyasmatā upālittherena vissajjito, sesakhuddakanikāyo cattāro ca nikāyā ānandattherena. Tadetaṃ sabbampi buddhavacanaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ, paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ; tathā piṭakavasena, nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ, aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ, dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhanti veditabbaṃ.
所谓五部大藏,名为长部、中部、相应部、增支部、小部。其中文献小部是在四部古卷基础上增补佛陀教法剩余部分。律藏由具寿浦梨长老整理,四部小部由阿难长老整理。此是全部佛陀教法的精华,本体只有一份;法与律为二,分为三部分以南方分布;又按藏分类,五部;按部划分有九部;按法集划分有八万四千法门,应当如此认识理解。
Kathaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ? Yañhi bhagavatā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhitvā yāva anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, etthantare pañcacattālīsavassāni devamanussanāgayakkhādayo anusāsantena paccavekkhantena vā vuttaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ ekarasaṃ vimuttirasameva hoti. Evaṃ rasavasena ekavidhaṃ.
如何以一种味道来理解呢?当世尊证得无上正等觉,直至依止无余涅槃法而圆满般涅槃时,在这期间,诸天人鬼神诸众因世尊的教化护持及观察而闻知一切皆如释然一般自在解脱。以此味道而论,是唯一的、无别的。
Kathaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dhammo ceva vinayo cāti saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Tattha vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo, avasesaṃ buddhavacanaṃ dhammo; tenevāha – ‘‘yaṃnūna mayaṃ, āvuso, dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyeyyāmā’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ upāliṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ, ānandaṃ dhammaṃ puccheyya’’nti ca evaṃ dhammavinayavasena duvidhaṃ.
如何以法律律制来分为两种呢?一切皆是法,亦是律,这便是分类。其中律藏为律法,余下佛所说皆为法;因此说:『诸比库们,我们当学习法与律。』『我将向伍巴离问律,向阿难问法』,如此以法律律制分为二。
Kathaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, pacchimabuddhavacananti tippabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha –
如何以初、中、后三处来分为三种呢?这便是初佛语、中佛语、后佛语的区分。其文云:
‘‘Anekajātisaṃsāraṃ, sandhāvissaṃ anibbisaṃ;
『众生轮回多年,不觉永无休止;
Gahakāraṃ gavesanto, dukkhā jāti punappunaṃ.
觅求安居之所者,生苦无时复生;
‘‘Gahakāraka diṭṭhosi, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi;
既见家居者,复恐再无家栖。』
Sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ;
诸比库悉皆懈怠,如同崩破的房顶摇摇欲坠;
Visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayamajjhagā’’ti. (dha. pa. 153-154);
心已破碎,无渴爱者于中心灭尽。”(律藏 153-154)
Idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ.
此为第一佛陀所说言语。
Keci ‘‘yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā’’ti khandhake udānagāthaṃ āhu. Esā pana pāṭipadadivase sabbaññubhāvappattassa somanassamayañāṇena paccayākāraṃ paccavekkhantassa uppannā udānagāthāti veditabbā.
有些人称:“当法现前时”,即在法集(经集)中所称之偈。此偈,应当知为于修道之日,因获得诸智,心生欢喜,反观缘起而发出的偈语。
Yaṃ pana parinibbānakāle abhāsi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādethā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.218) idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ.
而于涅槃时所言:“比库们,今我告汝,诸行无常,当勤谨修护。”(中部·涅槃篇 2章218)此为后佛所说语。
Ubhinnamantare yaṃ vuttaṃ etaṃ majjhimabuddhavacananti. Evaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapacchimavasena tividhaṃ.
二佛之间所说之语称为中佛言语。故以第一、第二、第三佛陀言语相继连贯为序。
Kathaṃ piṭakavasena tividhaṃ? Sabbampi hetaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakanti tippabhedameva hoti. Tattha paṭhamasaṅgītiyaṃ saṅgītañca asaṅgītañca sabbampi samodhānetvā ubhayāni pātimokkhāni, dve vibhaṅgāni, dvāvīsati khandhakāni, soḷasaparivārāti idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ nāma.
三藏如何划分为三种?总而言之,此处所说的三种即律藏、经藏、论藏。律藏包括戒律的集合《五分律》及其相关经典,分为集、诵及不诵两部分,涵盖两部分巴提摩卡戒、二种辩分、二十三篇律藏、十六部别支律集,这就是所谓律藏。
Brahmajālādi catuttiṃsasuttasaṅgaho dīghanikāyo, mūlapariyāyasuttādi diyaḍḍhasatadvesuttasaṅgaho majjhimanikāyo, oghataraṇasuttādi sattasuttasahassa sattasata dvāsaṭṭhisuttasaṅgaho saṃyuttanikāyo, cittapariyādānasuttādi navasuttasahassa pañcasata sattapaññāsasuttasaṅgaho aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakapāṭha-dhammapada-udāna-itivuttaka-suttanipāta-vimānavatthu-petavatthu-theragāthā-therīgāthā-jātakaniddesa-paṭisambhidā-apadāna-buddhavaṃsa-cariyāpiṭakavasena pannarasappabhedo khuddakanikāyoti idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ nāma.
经典藏由《梵网经》等三十四部经汇集而成,即长部;《根本集经》等一百五十二部经合成的中部;《渡河经》等一万零七百五十部经集成的相应部;《心转经》等九千五百七十五部经组成的小部;以及相关小部经如《小法》、《法句》、《颂歌》、《经集》、《堂传说法》、《饿鬼经》、《长老歌》、《长老尼歌》、《本生故事释》、《正智记》、《传记》等十五类,总计十五万三千余别名,称为经藏。
Dhammasaṅgaho, vibhaṅgo, dhātukathā, puggalapaññatti, kathāvatthu, yamakaṃ, paṭṭhānanti idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ nāma. Tattha –
论藏包括《法集论》、《辩分》、《界说》、《人名录》、《因缘说》、《对句》、《缘起法》等。这就是所谓论藏。其内容为——
Vividhavisesanayattā , vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;
以多种区别加以论述,说明戒律中身体与言语的行为;
Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto.
此戒律由戒律知识者讲解,称为戒律;
Vividhā hi ettha pañcavidha pātimokkhuddesa pārājikādi sattaāpattikkhandhamātikā vibhaṅgādippabhedā nayā, visesabhūtā ca daḷhīkammasithilakaraṇappayojanā anupaññattinayā , kāyikavācasikaajjhācāranisedhanato cesa kāyaṃ vācañca vineti, tasmā vividhanayattā visesanayattā kāyavācānañca vinayanato ‘‘vinayo’’ti akkhāto. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
这里有五种不同的巴提摩卡及其解释,涵盖七条大戒及其他轮戒之条文,对于细微行为的严厉与宽松的应用,约束身体、言语、心意三业的行为,这些多方面的区别、不同的侧重及身体言语的规戒,统称为“戒律”。基于此,为使言语明白而巧妙地说明其含义——
‘‘Vividhavisesanayattā, vinayanato ceva kāyavācānaṃ;
『规范』者,谓是以多种差别法加以整理,且遣导身语行为;
Vinayatthavidūhi ayaṃ, vinayo vinayoti akkhāto’’ti.
此名为『律』,因其为规范之旨也。」
Itaraṃ pana –
但另外说:
Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato;
『义』者,表明所指,善说善闻及勉励,
Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhātaṃ.
『经』者,属于经藏,称为经文。
Tañhi attatthaparatthādibhede atthe sūceti, suvuttā cettha atthā veneyyajjhāsayānulomena vuttattā. Savati cetaṃ atthe sassamiva phalaṃ pasavatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sūdati cetaṃ dhenuviya khīraṃ, paggharatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu ca ne tāyati rakkhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Suttasabhāgañcetaṃ, yathā hi tacchakānaṃ suttaṃ pamāṇaṃ hoti; evametampi viññūnaṃ. Yathā ca suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikiriyanti na viddhaṃsiyanti; evametena saṅgahitā atthā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
其上区分自体义、他体义等,谓明义;善说者此明义,为顺意追随心念而说。闻者谓心如乳果般滋生;勉励者如牛奶、乳衣般诱导;善守护者谓守护不失护。经藏部份,其量度如同车轮;贤者亦如是理解。又经藏所集之花,不泥泞不折损;义亦集如此。此为阐明文字旨趣巧妙之所在。
‘‘Atthānaṃ sūcanato, suvuttato savanatotha sūdanato;
『指出其意,清晰宣说,倾听并证明;』
Suttāṇā suttasabhāgato ca, suttanti akkhāta’’nti.
『经文所载,确属于经文部分,称为经文说出』。
Itaro pana – · 而另一者——
Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;
若此处所指为增长者,明辨者,尊敬者,断尽者,
Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto.
以及已说诸法,阿毗达摩由此而明说。
Ayañhi abhisaddo vuḍḍhilakkhaṇapūjitaparicchinnādhikesu dissati. Tathāhesa – ‘‘bāḷhā me āvuso dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamantī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.389; saṃ. ni. 5.195) vuḍḍhiyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Yā tā rattiyo abhiññātā abhilakkhitā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.49) lakkhaṇe. ‘‘Rājābhirājā manujindo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.399; su. ni. 558) pūjite. ‘‘Paṭibalo vinetuṃ abhidhamme abhivinaye’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 85) paricchinne. Aññamaññasaṅkaravirahite dhamme ca vinaye cāti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Abhikkantena vaṇṇenā’’tiādīsu (vi. va. 75) adhike.
此则名为增长者之信受,具增长及明辨、尊敬、断尽、强化诸德者。此处如经所示:『吾兄,痛苦苦受于我而来,非离去』(中部尼柯耶3.389;增支尼柯耶5.195)为增长所至;『此诸夜被通达并记号清晰』(中部尼柯耶1.49)为标记;『尊被称为诸王与人王』(中部尼柯耶2.399;增支尼柯耶558)为尊敬;『无力者应被阿毗达摩及律制所惩罚』(大毗婆沙85)为断尽。又有教法互相无碍且无混合者或律制,如所说。『以最优美之说』(毗婆沙论75)为强化。
Ettha ca ‘‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti, mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 160 ādayo) nayena vuḍḍhimantopi dhammā vuttā. ‘‘Rūpārammaṇaṃ vā saddārammaṇaṃ vā’’tiādinā nayena ārammaṇādīhi lakkhaṇīyattā salakkhaṇāpi. ‘‘Sekkhā dhammā, asekkhā dhammā, lokuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā nayena pūjitāpi pūjārahāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Phasso hoti vedanā hotī’’tiādinā nayena sabhāvaparicchinnattā paricchinnāpi. ‘‘Mahaggatā dhammā, appamāṇā dhammā, anuttarā dhammā’’tiādinā nayena adhikāpi dhammā vuttā. Tenetametassa vacanatthakosallatthaṃ vuttaṃ –
又如『因色缘故修习道,心怀慈悲,以一方遍满而住』(法集经160前文)之说,以此归纳增长诸法;『以色缘及声缘为标志』(前文)归类界缘之明证;『学法、有学法、世间外法』(前文)为尊敬及尊敬者之主导;『触生受生』(前文)为本性所断示之断尽;『具广大者、无量者、无上者』(前文)为强化诸法。此为示范为明白词义之巧妙而说。
‘‘Yaṃ ettha vuḍḍhimanto, salakkhaṇā pūjitā paricchinnā;
所谓在此处受到尊敬的,是那些有长远成就,具备显著特征,被尊重且印记明确者;
Vuttādhikā ca dhammā, abhidhammo tena akkhāto’’ti.
并且已经被阐述过的教法,是以阿毗达摩的方式予以说明的。
Yaṃ panettha avisiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ –
至于这里未被上溯的内容,则——
Piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu;
被称为三藏的,是那些通晓三藏教义者,从传授和传播的角度而称;
Tena samodhānetvā, tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
应以此为依据,连同律藏等也都应被理解和学习。
Pariyattipi hi ‘‘mā piṭakasampadānenā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) piṭakanti vuccati. ‘‘Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṃ ādāyā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.228; a. ni. 3.70) yaṃ kiñci bhājanampi. Tasmā piṭakaṃ piṭakatthavidū, pariyattibbhājanatthato āhu.
“三藏”之名,乃由诵持等状况所称,例如『不可失去三藏持守者』等;又如言『人来应当取具钩状三藏』等,指的即是任何传播与持守的本分。因此,称之为三藏,是因教义传授和传播之缘故。
Idāni tena samodhānetvā tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyāti. Tena evaṃ duvidhatthena piṭakasaddena saha samāsaṃ katvā vinayo ca so piṭakañca pariyattibhāvato tassa tassa atthassa bhājanato cāti vinayapiṭakaṃ, yathāvutteneva nayena suttantañca taṃ piṭakañcāti suttantapiṭakaṃ, abhidhammo ca so piṭakañcāti abhidhammapiṭakanti evamete tayopi vinayādayo ñeyyā.
于是通过上述归纳,即可知律藏等也应当了知。依此种两重含义,将三藏语汇合而成整体,律藏既成一藏,因其包含律文及其所阐明的义理,故称律藏;经藏亦是一藏,正如前所说,因其包含经文及义理;论藏则为一藏,名之为论藏。如此,这三藏皆应被了知含有律藏诸内容。
Evaṃ ñatvā ca punapi tesveva piṭakesu nānappakārakosallatthaṃ –
了知此义之后,于这三藏中不同功能与技艺也当明了——
Desanāsāsanakathā, bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;
说法与戒律之不合,彼中确有差别;
Sikkhāpahānagambhīra, bhāvañca paridīpaye.
戒律之废弃甚深,实则其理义应当进一步阐明。
Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
既成译传之异与成败何处;
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye.
比库若得此理,即可通达一切理义,详加分别阐明。
Tatrāyaṃ paridīpanā vibhāvanā ca, etāni hi tīṇi piṭakāni yathākkamaṃ āṇā vohāra paramatthadesanā yathāparādha-yathānuloma-yathādhammasāsanāni, saṃvarāsaṃvaradiṭṭhiviniveṭhanāmarūpaparicchedakathāti ca vuccanti.
在此三藏中,所谓的宣扬、阐明,指的是三藏如法地说出教法、明了真实义理,以及遵循正法、正行正律,具体包括戒律的约束与守护、见解的正断与排恶,以及色受想行识的分别划分。
Ettha hi vinayapiṭakaṃ āṇārahena bhagavatā āṇābāhullato desitattā āṇādesanā, suttantapiṭakaṃ vohārakusalena bhagavatā vohārabāhullato desitattā vohāradesanā, abhidhammapiṭakaṃ paramatthakusalena bhagavatā paramatthabāhullato desitattā paramatthadesanāti vuccati.
这里说,律藏由世尊以正直而广博的教导来宣说,因此称为教诫;经藏由世尊以善于宣说的巧妙语辞广泛教诫,因此称为教说;阿毗达摩藏由世尊以正断最为精妙广博的教义来宣授,因此称为正理教诫。
Tathā paṭhamaṃ ye te pacurāparādhā sattā te yathāparādhaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathāparādhasāsanaṃ, dutiyaṃ anekajjhāsayānusayacariyādhimuttikā sattā yathānulomaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathānulomasāsanaṃ, tatiyaṃ dhammapuñjamatte ‘‘ahaṃ mamā’’ti saññino sattā yathādhammaṃ ettha sāsitāti yathādhammasāsananti vuccati.
例如,第一类是那些犯了轻微罪过的众生,在此之中称为「轻罪教法」,即轻罪之戒;第二类是那些染污习气聚集者,称为「顺法教法」,即顺法戒;第三类是执着于“我”“我的”之见的人,称为「逆法教法」,即违背法理的戒律。
Tathā paṭhamaṃ ajjhācārapaṭipakkhabhūto saṃvarāsaṃvaro ettha kathitoti saṃvarāsaṃvarakathā, dutiyaṃ dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhipaṭipakkhabhūtā diṭṭhiviniveṭhanā ettha kathitāti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanakathā, tatiyaṃ rāgādipaṭipakkhabhūto nāmarūpaparicchedo ettha kathitoti nāmarūpaparicchedakathāti vuccati.
具体而言,首先是依止正行、远离恶习的修戒,称为戒律守护之说;其次是远离六十种错误见解的净除,称为见取约束之说;再次是依止贪欲等烦恼,划分色受想行识的说法,称为名色分割之说。
Tīsupi ca cetesu tisso sikkhā, tīṇi pahānāni, catubbidho ca gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo . Tathā hi – vinayapiṭake visesena adhisīlasikkhā vuttā, suttantapiṭake adhicittasikkhā, abhidhammapiṭake adhipaññāsikkhā.
在这三方面的心上,有三种修习:弃除三毒的三种放弃;以及四种深重功夫。相应地,律藏特别讲述戒德教育,经藏注重心的培养,阿毗达摩藏着重智慧的开发。
Vinayapiṭake ca vītikkamappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ, vītikkamapaṭipakkhattā sīlassa. Suttantapiṭake pariyuṭṭhānappahānaṃ, pariyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkhattā samādhissa. Abhidhammapiṭake anusayappahānaṃ anusayapaṭipakkhattā paññāya.
律藏主要是断除烦恼的行为,断除时依戒律为对治;经藏则断除心的散乱,依止禅定;阿毗达摩藏断除根深蒂固的染习,依靠智慧正断为修持。
Paṭhame ca tadaṅgappahānaṃ kilesānaṃ, itaresu vikkhambhanasamucchedappahānāni. Paṭhame ca duccaritasaṃkilesassa pahānaṃ, itaresu taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesānaṃ.
首先是对烦恼的断除属于根本的舍弃,而其他则是如折断与断灭等不同种类的断舍。首先乃是对恶行烦恼的断除,其余则为对渴爱等烦恼的断除。
Ekamekasmiñcettha catubbidhopi dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhagambhīrabhāvo veditabbo. Tattha dhammoti pāḷi. Atthoti tassāyevattho. Desanāti tassā manasāvavatthāpitāya pāḷiyā desanā. Paṭivedhoti pāḷiyā pāḷiatthassa ca yathābhūtāvabodho. Tīsupi cetesu ete dhammatthadesanāpaṭivedhā yasmā sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo mandabuddhīhi dukkhogāhā alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhā ca, tasmā gambhīrā. Evaṃ ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
此处应分别明了四种法义宣说的深奥意味。其中“法”是巴利文,“义”是其相同含义;“宣说”乃指用巴利文表达心意的开示;“明了”是巴利及其本意的实相悟解。此三者如同大海一般,对愚昧迟钝者而言,是难以通达且无法建立的,因此才显得深奥。故此处应一一体认这四种均包含深奥之理。
Aparo nayo – dhammoti hetu. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Atthoti hetuphalaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti. Desanāti paññatti, yathādhammaṃ dhammābhilāpoti adhippāyo. Paṭivedhoti abhisamayo, so ca lokiyalokuttaro visayato asammohato ca atthānurūpaṃ dhammesu, dhammānurūpaṃ atthesu, paññattipathānurūpaṃ paññattīsu avabodho.
另一导说为——‘法’即因缘。所说的因是“于因上具足解法的智慧”;‘义’即因的果报。所说的因果智慧是对法义的理解,称为‘宣说’,即依约言说事物,是意念观念的统称。‘明了’是对此深刻的契入,是关于世俗及出世间、有关事物和其义、对概念体系的理解。这种明了应理应境,心无迷惑。
Idāni yasmā etesu piṭakesu yaṃ yaṃ dhammajātaṃ vā atthajātaṃ vā, yā cāyaṃ yathā yathā ñāpetabbo attho sotūnaṃ ñāṇassa abhimukho hoti, tathā tathā tadatthajotikā desanā, yo cettha aviparītāvabodhasaṅkhāto paṭivedho sabbametaṃ anupacitakusalasambhārehi duppaññehi sasādīhi viya mahāsamuddo dukkhogāhaṃ alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭhañca, tasmā gambhīraṃ. Evampi ekamekasmiṃ ettha catubbidhopi gambhīrabhāvo veditabbo.
现在,诸经藏中,不论任何所生或未生的法义,是听者应逐渐习得的法义,成为智慧之所趋。因而宣说犹如义的明灯。若相反,则其明了便是无断无修的,对愚昧愚痴者如广袤之海,难以通达且无法建构,故而显深奥。因此此处四种法义之深奥亦应体认。
Ettāvatā ca –
至此,并且——
‘‘Desanā-sāsanakathā , bhedaṃ tesu yathārahaṃ;
『宣说、教法之言,其区分应如实了知;
Sikkhāpahānagambhīrabhāvañca paridīpaye’’ti.
教法舍弃的深严义理亦应当加以阐明。
Ayaṃ gāthā vuttatthā hoti.
此为此偈所表达之义。
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiñcāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
「课程解说的差别与成就,以及失败之所在,
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti.
如比库所获得者,他亦应悉数说明。」
Ettha pana tīsu piṭakesu tividho pariyattibhedo daṭṭhabbo. Tisso hi pariyattiyo – alagaddūpamā, nissaraṇatthā, bhaṇḍāgārikapariyattīti.
此中于三藏中应见三种课程解说之差别。三种课程解说者,即「蚯蚓喻」、「出离义」及「宝库课程」之解说。
Tattha yā duggahitā upārambhādihetu pariyāpuṭā, ayaṃ alagaddūpamā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso alagaddatthiko alagaddagavesī alagaddapariyesanaṃ caramāno, so passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. Tamenaṃ bhoge vā naṅguṭṭhe vā gaṇheyya. Tassa so alagaddo paṭiparivattitvā hatthe vā bāhāya vā aññatarasmiṃ vā aṅgapaccaṅge ḍaṃseyya. So tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya, maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, alagaddassa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, idhekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti suttaṃ…pe… vedallaṃ. Te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. Tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti. Te upārambhānisaṃsā ceva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkhānisaṃsā ca. Yassa catthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, tañcassa atthaṃ nānubhonti. Tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Duggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.238).
其所说困苦及烦恼之因而被掩蔽者,为蚯蚓喻。就比库们说:「譬如,人若是蚯蚓志趣之人,行于蚯蚓所在,便见其极大,或以手拿、或以足捉。蚯蚓随之翻动,且以手或臂,或肢体某处啮咬,致其死亡,或仅以死亡之苦。何以故?由蚯蚓之困苦也。
Yā pana suggahitā sīlakkhandhādipāripūriṃyeva ākaṅkhamānena pariyāpuṭā na upārambhādi hetu, ayaṃ nissaraṇatthā. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Suggahitattā, bhikkhave, dhammāna’’nti (ma. ni. 1.239).
若有以善行蕴等功德圆满为期望而修习,且未产生违背之缘起者,此即为解脱之目的。此中谓曰:『汝等应知,这些功德因其完成被称为长久有益、安乐之法。何以故?比库们,此功德因其善善所生』(中部卷一第239页)。
Yaṃ pana pariññātakkhandho pahīnakileso bhāvitamaggo paṭividdhākuppo sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo kevalaṃ paveṇīpālanatthāya vaṃsānurakkhaṇatthāya pariyāpuṇāti, ayaṃ bhaṇḍāgārikapaayattīti.
而已明了之蕴,离染已成,为修道之路,断除回转,得见实相,以断除烦恼,无余涅槃,为持净比库之资产,为护持法脉之资,名曰庄严资粮。
Vinaye pana suppaṭipanno bhikkhu sīlasampattiṃ nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Sutte suppaṭipanno samādhisampadaṃ nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, tāsaṃyeva ca tattha pabhedavacanato. Abhidhamme suppaṭipanno paññāsampadaṃ nissāya catasso paṭisambhidā pāpuṇāti, tāsañca tattheva pabhedavacanato. Evametesu suppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ vijjāttayachaḷabhiññācatupaṭisambhidābhedaṃ sampattiṃ pāpuṇāti.
律藏中勤修正学之比库,依止戒行得到三明——智慧、定、解脱。且依句义分别说法。经藏中,勤修正学者依止禅定得六神通,亦依句义分别说。论藏中,则依智慧圆满得四种辨别智,亦依句义分别说。在此如是,勤修正学者得此三明、六神通、四辨别智之殊胜,俱足而至。
Vinaye pana duppaṭipanno anuññātasukhasamphassaattharaṇapāvuraṇādiphassasāmaññato paṭikkhittesu upādinnaphassādīsu anavajjasaññī hoti. Vuttampi hetaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi, yathā yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.234) tato dussīlabhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti. Sutte duppaṭipanno ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.5) adhippāyaṃ ajānanto duggahitaṃ gaṇhāti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.236) tato micchādiṭṭhitaṃ pāpuṇāti. Abhidhamme duppaṭipanno dhammacintaṃ atidhāvanto acinteyyānipi cinteti, tato cittakkhepaṃ pāpuṇāti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ – ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, acinteyyāni na cintetabbāni, yāni cintento ummādassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti (a. ni. 4.77). Evametesu duppaṭipanno yathākkamena imaṃ dussīlabhāvamicchādiṭṭhitā cittakkhepabhedaṃ vipattiṃ pāpuṇātīti.
律藏中不善修习者,因无明或受苦之触境不坚实,或对戒受不正,于犯戒者所生之触无以清净自知。经中有言曰:『如是我闻,世尊所说之法,我知之,彼世尊说之碍阻之法,若修行则无此阻碍』(巴吉法第417条;中部卷一第234页),由是受恶习转。经中亦说:『四类,诸比库中为人所害时……』不解此义从而招致自身不善,遂生恶业。尔时又说:『自己所造之恶害及我等也被其害,自己亦自戕,种恶业多增长』(巴吉法417条;中部1.236),由此习得邪见。论藏中不善修习者,超越正法思惟,或思非思,遂生心散乱。亦有说法:『四敌,即不可思虑者,勿当思惟,其思惟者缘狂乱散乱之坏』(增支经4.77)。此等不善修者,依当得此恶行恶见心散乱之败坏。
Ettāvatā ca –
上述说法如下:
‘‘Pariyattibhedaṃ sampattiṃ, vipattiṃ cāpi yaṃ yahiṃ;
『学外之法得成及败,若行于何处;
Pāpuṇāti yathā bhikkhu, tampi sabbaṃ vibhāvaye’’ti.
“若如有比库得受于一切,亦应如是广释。”
Ayampi gāthā vuttatthā hoti. Evaṃ nānappakārato piṭakāni ñatvā tesaṃ vasenetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ tividhanti ñātabbaṃ.
此诗句所陈之义亦是如此。由此可知,虽出自不同的藏部,仍须依其各别特性,恰当认知佛陀所说之教义,这种认识分为三类是必需的。
Kathaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ dīghanikāyo, majjhimanikāyo, saṃyuttanikāyo, aṅguttaranikāyo, khuddakanikāyoti pañcappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha katamo dīghanikāyo? Tivaggasaṅgahāni brahmajālādīni catuttiṃsa suttāni.
如何以藏部为别,分为五种?皆是长部、中部、相应部、增支部、小部五部别。何谓长部?内含三部分聚集,如梵网等,共三十四经。
Catuttiṃseva suttantā, tivaggo yassa saṅgaho;
三十四经即经文之集,彼为三部分之组合;
Esa dīghanikāyoti, paṭhamo anulomiko.
此即长部也,为第一顺流别。
Kasmā panesa dīghanikāyoti vuccati? Dīghappamāṇānaṃ suttānaṃ samūhato nivāsato ca, samūhanivāsā hi nikāyoti vuccanti. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi evaṃ cittaṃ; yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, tiracchānagatā pāṇā; poṇikanikāyo, cikkhallikanikāyo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.100) evamādīni cettha sādhakāni sāsanato ca lokato ca. Evaṃ sesānampi nikāyabhāve vacanattho veditabbo.
何以称其为长部?此以经文长度较长之集合而命名,集合与栖居故称为藏部。正如经中言:「我不,以一别藏观,我心唯观此,如三途众生;污浊藏、堕落藏」等,如此种种皆为世间促成之藏。以此类推,亦应了知余藏名因藏部形态而生之意。
Katamo majjhimanikāyo? Majjhimappamāṇāni pañcadasavaggasaṅgahāni mūlapariyāyasuttādīni diyaḍḍhasataṃ dve ca suttāni.
什么是中部?中部是由十五个品的集合组成,这些集合包括根本论述经及其他,总共有一百五十二部经文,其中还有两部额外的经文。
Diyaḍḍhasataṃ suttantā, dve ca suttāni yattha so;
这些一百五十二部经文,是由两部经文所构成的;这里指的两部经文,如次说明;
Nikāyo majjhimo pañca-dasavaggapariggaho.
中部是由十五个品的集合组成。
Katamo saṃyuttanikāyo? Devatāsaṃyuttādivasena ṭhitāni oghataraṇādīni satta suttasahassāni satta ca suttasatāni dvāsaṭṭhi ca suttāni.
什么是相应部?相应部是按各种天神相应等而排列的,包括渡越洪水等内容,拥有七千部经文,七百部经文,以及六十二部经文。
Satta suttasahassāni, satta suttasatāni ca;
这里有七千部经文,还有七百部经文;
Dvāsaṭṭhi ceva suttantā, eso saṃyuttasaṅgaho.
还有六十二部经文,这就是相应部的集合。
Katamo aṅguttaranikāyo? Ekekaaṅgātirekavasena ṭhitāni cittapariyādānādīni nava suttasahassāni pañca suttasatāni sattapaññāsañca suttāni.
何为中部经?是指每一部分皆独立成篇的心境状态等主题,共计九千余经,另有五百余经及七十五经。
Nava suttasahassāni, pañca suttasatāni ca;
共有九千余经和五百余经;
Sattapaññāsa suttāni, saṅkhyā aṅguttare ayaṃ.
七十五经即为数目上属于中部经。
Katamo khuddakanikāyo? Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ khuddakapāṭhādayo ca pubbe nidassitā pannarasabhedā ṭhapetvā cattāro nikāye avasesaṃ buddhavacananti.
何为小部经?即包括全部律藏、阿毗达摩藏及小品本诸经,之前所示十五类,分置四个部集,余者皆为佛陀所说。
Ṭhapetvā caturopete, nikāye dīghaādike;
置于四部之中,诸经由长部等组成;
Tadaññaṃ buddhavacanaṃ, nikāyo khuddako matoti.
由此可知,此经即佛所说,故称为小部经。
Evaṃ nikāyavasena pañcavidhaṃ.
关于部类,约有五种。
Kathaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ? Sabbameva hidaṃ suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthā, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallanti navappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ubhatovibhaṅganiddesakhandhakaparivārā suttanipāte maṅgalasutta-ratanasutta-nālakasutta-tuvaṭṭakasuttāni aññampi ca suttanāmakaṃ tathāgatavacanaṃ suttanti veditabbaṃ. Sabbampi sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyanti veditabbaṃ. Visesena saṃyuttake sakalopi sagāthāvaggo, sakalaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ, niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ, yañca aññampi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi asaṅgahitaṃ buddhavacanaṃ taṃ veyyākaraṇanti veditabbaṃ. Dhammapadaṃ, theragāthā, therīgāthā, suttanipāte nosuttanāmikā suddhikagāthā ca gāthāti veditabbā. Somanassañāṇamayikagāthāpaṭisaṃyuttā dvāsīti suttantā udānanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā’’tiādinayappavattā dasuttarasatasuttantā itivuttakanti veditabbaṃ. Apaṇṇakajātakādīni paññāsādhikāni pañca jātakasatāni jātakanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti (dī. ni. 2.209) -ādinayappavattā sabbepi acchariyaabbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttā suttantā abbhutadhammanti veditabbaṃ. Cūḷavedalla-mahāvedalla-sammādiṭṭhi-sakkapañha-saṅkhārabhājaniya-mahāpuṇṇamasuttādayo sabbepi vedañca tuṭṭhiñca laddhā laddhā pucchitasuttantā vedallanti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ aṅgavasena navavidhaṃ.
行部中约有九种如何划分?此处所说的悉属于经、颂、论、偈、振铎、小品经、本生故事及奇异法诸九种门类。在其中双方断别的决释与篇集附属,包括在经部中的吉祥经、宝经、菱叶经、小颂经等,以及其他被称为经的如来教言,都应当明了。所有的都是带韵律的经,称为颂,是需要知道的。特别的是,集部中所有带韵律的章卷,经藏中带韵的经,以及其他零散未归于八分之一部的如来教言,称为论,也须了知。诸如法句、长老颂、长尼颂、以及非经部名下的纯净颂均属韵文,应当了知。以喜乐智慧为内容的韵文组合二种,称为振铎,应当了知。以“世尊曾说”等语句反复开头,含十百条以上的振铎,称为小品经,应当了知。以无数良好故事和五十多组百余本生故事,称为本生故事,应当了知。以经中“比库们,神奇奇异的法在欢喜”诸句(长部经文2.209)等为开头,凡此皆是奇异殊胜法相关的经,称为奇异法,应当分明。诸如小奇异法、大奇异法、正见经、萨咖疑题法、行支分解经、大满月经及诸如此类,以获得智慧和满足果报后所得回答的经文,称为决释,应当明了。以上即以部类而言,有九种。
Kathaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ? Sabbameva cetaṃ buddhavacanaṃ –
以法蕴为部类,为八万四千种如何划分?这一切皆为佛语——
‘‘Dvāsīti buddhato gaṇhiṃ, dve sahassāni bhikkhuto;
“所谓八万二千门,乃是出自比库;八万四千门,是我所演说的法。”(长老颂1027)
Caturāsīti sahassāni, ye me dhammā pavattino’’ti. (theragā. 1027);
于是通过以法蕴为部类,成就八万四千种门类的分辨。在此中,一一对应的单部片为一道法蕴;若是不止一一对应,则按对应种类数计算为法蕴门类。在韵文组合中,询问法的一道即为一道法蕴,答复法亦是一道。于阿毗达摩中,每一道均含三分或二分,亦含起心流支部分,有一道法蕴。律藏中设有事项、索引表、分字注释、犯戒罚、过失、非犯戒惩罚、别章等;其中每一别卷即为一道法蕴。故此,以法蕴为部类,疏分为八万四千种。
Evaṃ paridīpitadhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassappabhedaṃ hoti. Tattha ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ eko dhammakkhandho. Yaṃ anekānusandhikaṃ tattha anusandhivasena dhammakkhandhagaṇanā. Gāthābandhesu pañhāpucchanaṃ eko dhammakkhandho, vissajjanaṃ eko. Abhidhamme ekamekaṃ tika-duka-bhājanaṃ, ekamekañca cittavārabhājanaṃ, eko dhammakkhandho. Vinaye atthi vatthu, atthi mātikā, atthi padabhājanīyaṃ, atthi antarāpatti, atthi āpatti, atthi anāpatti, atthi paricchedo; tattha ekameko koṭṭhāso, ekameko dhammakkhandhoti veditabbo. Evaṃ dhammakkhandhavasena caturāsītisahassavidhaṃ.
如此以法蕴为部,便有八万四千种门类。
Evametaṃ abhedato rasavasena ekavidhaṃ, bhedato dhammavinayādivasena duvidhādibhedaṃ buddhavacanaṃ saṅgāyantena mahākassapappamukhena vasīgaṇena ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo; idaṃ paṭhamabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ majjhimabuddhavacanaṃ, idaṃ pacchimabuddhavacanaṃ; idaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ, idaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ; ayaṃ dīghanikāyo…pe… ayaṃ khuddakanikāyo; imāni suttādīni navaṅgāni, imāni caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti imaṃ pabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāva saṅgītaṃ. Na kevalañca ettakameva, aññampi uddānasaṅgaha-vaggasaṅgahapeyyālasaṅgaha-ekakanipāta-dukanipātādinipātasaṅgaha-saṃyuttasaṅgaha-paṇṇāsasaṅgahādianekavidhaṃ tīsu piṭakesu sandissamānaṃ saṅgahappabhedaṃ vavatthapetvāeva sattahi māsehi saṅgītaṃ. Saṅgītipariyosāne cassa – ‘‘idaṃ mahākassapattherena dasabalassa sāsanaṃ pañcavassasahassaparimāṇaṃ kālaṃ pavattanasamatthaṃ kata’’nti sañjātappamodā sādhukāraṃ viya dadamānā ayaṃ mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā anekappakāraṃ kampi saṅkampi sampakampi sampavedhi, anekāni ca acchariyāni pāturahesunti ayaṃ paṭhamamahāsaṅgītināma. Yā loke –
如此无间断的甘露法味,犹如一道;分开论说则以法、律等不同之相两分。由佛语编集,诸大长老咖萨巴及僧众集议曰:这是法,这是律,这是第一佛陀所说,这是中佛所说,这是后佛所说;这是律藏,这是经藏,这是论藏;这是长部……这是小部;这些经文共九支,这些法蕴共八十四千法蕴。释此区别,即为集会。在此不仅止于此,尚有其他诸多集会分(包括经集、论集、律集、律章段集、品集、分集、联集、五十集等),乃至三藏各有不同集会法。如此,耗时七个月完成集会教法之整理。集会终了时,长老赞嘏曰:这由长老咖萨巴以十种功德,成就法教,达五千余年之久。其犹如大地水周而生动震荡,诸多奇异诞生,堪称第一伟大集会。世间即有言曰:用七乘五百合成五百;长老成此,此谓长老女比库也。
Satehi pañcahi katā, tena pañcasatāti ca;
由七与五而成,故称五百;
Thereheva katattā ca, therikāti pavuccatīti.
由长老所作,也称为长老女比库;
Imissā pana paṭhamamahāsaṅgītiyā pavattamānāya vinayaṃ pucchantena āyasmatā mahākassapena ‘‘paṭhamaṃ, āvuso upāli, pārājikaṃ kattha paññatta’’nti evamādivacanapariyosāne ‘‘vatthumpi pucchi, nidānampi pucchi, puggalampi pucchī’’ti ettha nidāne pucchite taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretvā yena ca paññattaṃ, yasmā ca paññattaṃ, sabbametaṃ kathetukāmena āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti sabbaṃ vattabbaṃ. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena vuttaṃ, tañca pana ‘‘paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vutta’’nti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca ‘‘idaṃ vacanaṃ kena vuttaṃ, kadā vutta’’nti etesaṃ padānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.
初集会时诵律者,长老咖萨巴问尊者优波离:“第一巴拉基何处规定?”等诸问毕,如此展开:“问及条文、缘由、人物”等。此时尊者优波离细分缘由,明列规定所在,且因制定缘由提出完整说明。此皆由上师优波离长老亲述,称:“彼时世尊住于韦然伽王舍城。”此即全部事实。依尊者优波离说,此为第一集会所述。对于“此语由谁说,何时说”等问题,其含义亦由此明确揭示。
Idāni kasmā vuttanti ettha vuccate, yasmā ayamāyasmatā mahākassapattherena nidānaṃ puṭṭho tasmānena taṃ nidānaṃ ādito pabhuti vitthāretuṃ vuttanti. Evamidaṃ āyasmatā upālittherena paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikāle vadantenāpi iminā kāraṇena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ettāvatā ca vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmāti imesaṃ mātikāpadānaṃ attho pakāsito hoti.
今为何被称为此?谓因为尊长老咖萨巴问缘由,而尊者优波离据此缘由提出完整揭示,故名。此由尊者优波离于第一大集会时所说,故当知其义蕴。如此说法,是由“何时、何由、何人”等语句,明了观照母题。
Idāni dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ, yatthappatiṭṭhitaṃ cetametaṃ vatvā vidhiṃ tatoti etesaṃ atthappakāsanatthaṃ idaṃ vuccati. Taṃ panetaṃ ‘‘tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’ti evamādivacanapaṭimaṇḍitanidānaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kena dhāritaṃ, kenābhataṃ, kattha patiṭṭhitanti? Vuccate – ādito tāva idaṃ bhagavato sammukhā āyasmatā upālittherena dhāritaṃ, tassa sammukhato aparinibbute tathāgate chaḷabhiññādibhedehi anekehi bhikkhusahassehi parinibbute tathāgate mahākassapappamukhehi dhammasaṅgāhakattherehi. Kenābhatanti? Jambudīpe tāva upālittheramādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā –
所谓‘制定’即是定下规矩,常立不变。如此旨趣,为理解缘由。“彼时世尊住于韦然伽王舍城”这句话,作为律藏制定缘由,是由何制定、受何依持、何处设立?答曰:最初制定者为佛当代尊长老优波离,于佛面前由诸多具彻悟智及诸比库等受教,及佛涅槃后由摩诃迦叶等大长老们,因缘接续将此教法完成整理。缘何依持?缘于此世间,犹如竹叶从上师传至第三次集会。此乃传承上师之链条。
Upāli dāsako ceva, soṇako siggavo tathā;
有奴隶尊者伍巴离,有信奉者索那;
Tisso moggaliputto ca, pañcete vijitāvino.
以及摩嘎剌那子,共有五位得胜者;
Paramparāya vinayaṃ, dīpe jambusirivhaye;
在吉蔑思丽之岛上传承戒律,
Acchijjamānamānesuṃ, tatiyo yāva saṅgaho.
不断传续至第三集合;
Āyasmā hi upāli imaṃ vinayavaṃsaṃ vinayatantiṃ vinayapaveṇiṃ bhagavato · 因为具寿伍巴离把这世尊所传的律之传承、律之经脉、律之相续
Sammukhā uggahetvā bahūnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpesi. Tassa hāyasmato santike vinayavaṃsaṃ uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattesu puggalesu puthujjana-sotāpanna-sakadāgāmi-anāgāmino gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassamekaṃ ahosi. Dāsakattheropi tasseva saddhivihāriko ahosi, so upālittherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tatheva vinayaṃ vācesi. Tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassameva ahosi. Soṇakattheropi dāsakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi, sopi attano upajjhāyassa dāsakattherassa sammukhā uggahetvā tatheva vinayaṃ vācesi. Tassāpi āyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjanādayo gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā, khīṇāsavānaṃ sahassameva ahosi. Siggavattheropi soṇakattherassa saddhivihāriko ahosi, sopi attano upajjhāyassa soṇakattherassa santike vinayaṃ uggahetvā arahantasahassassa dhuraggāho ahosi. Tassa panāyasmato santike uggahetvā vinaye pakataññutaṃ pattā puthujjana-sotāpannasakadāgāmi-anāgāminopi khīṇāsavāpi ettakāni satānīti vā ettakāni sahassānīti vā aparicchinnā ahesuṃ. Tadā kira jambudīpe atimahābhikkhusamudāyo ahosi. Moggaliputtatissattherassa pana ānubhāvo tatiyasaṅgītiyaṃ pākaṭo bhavissati. Evamidaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ jambudīpe tāva imāya ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhatanti veditabbaṃ.
现前正受戒法的诸多比库,已深植于心。尊贵长老在座时,宣说戒律传承,在戒中详述众生中外道、初果、二果、三果如来所知众生的数目。已证净尽之人共计一千一人。曾为奴隶的长老亦是坚信修行者,受尊者伍巴离礼迎,当面宣说同样戒律。又在长老座前宣说戒律传承,详记凡夫诸阶层众生的数目,已证净尽共计也为一千。信奉者索那亦曾仰赖奴隶长老,亦在其导师——奴隶长老面前,宣说同样戒律。又当尊长面前宣说戒律传承,详记凡夫诸阶层众生之数,已证净尽亦达一千。信奉者索那亦信赖信奉者索那,亦在其导师索那前宣说戒律。又在其座前宣说戒律传承,阿拉汉一千余人堆积一处。尊长面前宣说戒律传承时,凡夫、初果、二果、三果者及已净尽者,人数不定,多则数百,或数千之多,无所不满。那时,吉蔑思丽岛上,有极多比库群聚。摩嘎剌那长老的影响力,将显现为第三集合传承。如此,戒律三藏乃至此教法代代相传,直至第三集合,亦当知晓。
Paṭhamamahāsaṅgītikathā niṭṭhitā. · 第一次大结集论述结束。
Dutiyasaṅgītikathā第二次结集论述。
Dutiyasaṅgītivijānanatthaṃ pana ayamanukkamo veditabbo. Yadā hi –
其次,应当了解第二集合传承的起因,因为这是不可缺少的。正如所言——
Saṅgāyitvāna saddhammaṃ, jotayitvā ca sabbadhi;
集聚起正法,且在诸处普遍弘扬;
Yāva jīvitapariyantaṃ, ṭhatvā pañcasatāpi te.
直至生命终结,坚立不移,长达五百年;
Khīṇāsavā jutīmanto, therā kassapaādayo;
已断诸漏,光明照耀的长老,追随咖萨巴;
Khīṇasnehapadīpāva, nibbāyiṃsu anālayā.
如同断绝爱渴的明灯,无忧无染,安然涅槃;
Athānukkamena gacchantesu rattindivesu vassasataparinibbute bhagavati vesālikā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū vesāliyaṃ ‘‘kappati siṅgīloṇakappo, kappati dvaṅgulakappo, kappati gāmantarakappo, kappati āvāsakappo, kappati anumatikappo, kappati āciṇṇakappo, kappati amathitakappo, kappati jaḷogiṃ pātuṃ, kappati adasakaṃ nisīdanaṃ, kappati jātarūparajata’’nti imāni dasa vatthūni dīpesuṃ. Tesaṃ susunāgaputto kāḷāsoko nāma rājā pakkho ahosi.
当时顺其自然行住,昼夜无间,佛涅槃已满百年,韦萨丽的瓦吉比库们对韦萨丽云:「布施者啊,应当实施戒律,应当严守二指宽戒,应当守护村落戒,应当持守清净戒,应当遵守许可戒,应当保持无偷戒,应当守护不杀戒,应当如水之止息,应当不夺他人坐处,应当远离血肉形体之杀业。」如是十种戒律他们坚守。听说此事的苏苏那迦子,即黑衣忧王,成为守护者。
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā yaso kākaṇḍakaputto vajjīsu cārikaṃ caramāno ‘‘vesālikā kira vajjiputtakā bhikkhū vesāliyaṃ dasa vatthūni dīpentī’’ti sutvā ‘‘na kho panetaṃ patirūpaṃ yvāhaṃ dasabalassa sāsanavipattiṃ sutvā appossukko bhaveyyaṃ. Handāhaṃ adhammavādino niggahetvā dhammaṃ dīpemī’’ti cintento yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ āyasmā yaso kākaṇḍakaputto vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ.
于是当时,具寿耶搜·咖坎陀迦子,漫游于瓦吉国,人闻韦萨丽瓦吉比库诸尊持守韦萨丽十种戒律,心想:「若我不慎听闻此十条戒律的教化失转,必将堕落,不稳固。我今日应当斥退违法者,正行传播法。」思惟如此,来至韦萨丽。时,具寿耶搜·咖坎陀迦子住在韦萨丽大林中的阁舍房堂。
Tena kho pana samayena vesālikā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū tadahuposathe kaṃsapātiṃ udakena pūretvā majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa ṭhapetvā āgatāgate vesālike upāsake evaṃ vadanti – ‘‘dethāvuso, saṅghassa kahāpaṇampi aḍḍhampi pādampi māsakarūpampi, bhavissati saṅghassa parikkhārena karaṇīya’’nti sabbaṃ tāva vattabbaṃ, yāva ‘‘imāya pana vinayasaṅgītiyā satta bhikkhusatāni anūnāni anadhikāni ahesuṃ, tasmā ayaṃ dutiyasaṅgīti sattasatikāti vuccatī’’ti.
于是那时,韦萨利的瓦吉族子弟比库们,在那天伍波萨他日,用铜盆盛满清水,置于比库僧团中间。来往于韦萨利的居士们如是说:“朋友啊,应当为僧团安置金钱、布匹、脚凳及毛毯等物品,作为僧团的起居保障。”这是当时所有需要履行的事,直到“依照此戒律传诵,七百比库至少数已达七百之名”,因此称为第二次七百比库集会。
Evaṃ tasmiñca sannipāte dvādasa bhikkhusatasahassāni sannipatiṃsu āyasmatā yasena samussāhitā. Tesaṃ majjhe āyasmatā revatena puṭṭhena sabbakāmittherena vinayaṃ vissajjentena tāni dasa vatthūni vinicchitāni, adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasamitaṃ. Atha therā ‘‘puna dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyissāmā’’ti tipiṭakadhare pattapaṭisambhide sattasate bhikkhū uccinitvā vesāliyaṃ vālikārāme sannipatitvā mahākassapattherena saṅgāyitasadisameva sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ sodhetvā puna piṭakavasena nikāyavasena aṅgavasena dhammakkhandhavasena ca sabbaṃ dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyiṃsu. Ayaṃ saṅgīti aṭṭhahi māsehi niṭṭhitā. Yā loke –
于是,在那次集会中,有一千二百名老比库们聚集,彼此相依相助。其中由长老雷瓦塔督促,资深长老们废止了所有不合律仪的行为。经十项审议,案件得以平息。随后长老们说道:“我们要重新集结法与律。”众比库高声赞叹持藏,集于韦萨利崖谷精舍,依止长老大咖萨巴那,精确集齐全部教法清规,彻底清除一切教法污秽,又重归律藏、经藏、论藏、法蕴等诸部,完全重整法与律。此集会历时八个月。外间称之——
Satehi sattahi katā, tena sattasatāti ca;
以七百为基数,计为七百七十;
Pubbe kataṃ upādāya, dutiyāti ca vuccatīti.
修习先前所作,故称第二集;
Sā panāyaṃ – · 而此则——
Yehi therehi saṅgītā, saṅgīti tesu vissutā;
由众长老所集,故称集会;
Sabbakāmī ca sāḷho ca, revato khujjasobhito.
皆怀愿望并行虔诚修持,雷瓦塔显得庄重。
Yaso ca sāṇasambhūto, ete saddhivihārikā;
荣誉亦自信心所生,是故称为以信行著者;
Therā ānandatherassa, diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ.
长老们,如阿难长老者,曾亲见过如来;
Sumano vāsabhagāmī ca, ñeyyā saddhivihārikā;
须摩那及婆须跋给米等,亦应被视为以信行著者;
Dve ime anuruddhassa, diṭṭhapubbā tathāgataṃ.
此二者为阿难长老所见过如来;
Dutiyo pana saṅgīto, yehi therehi saṅgaho;
第二,则是由这些长老所组成的合唱;
Sabbepi pannabhārā te, katakiccā anāsavāti.
他们皆已具足智慧之重担,无有未断之染烦劳,了知应行之事。
Ayaṃ dutiyasaṅgīti.
此为第二次集会。
Evamimaṃ dutiyasaṅgītiṃ saṅgāyitvā therā ‘‘uppajjissati nu kho anāgatepi sāsanassa evarūpaṃ abbuda’’nti olokayamānā imaṃ addasaṃsu – ‘‘ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse pāṭaliputte dhammāsoko nāma rājā uppajjitvā sakalajambudīpe rajjaṃ kāressati. So buddhasāsane pasīditvā mahantaṃ lābhasakkāraṃ pavattayissati. Tato titthiyā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhiṃ paridīpessanti. Evaṃ sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissatī’’ti. Atha nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘kinnu kho mayaṃ etasmiṃ abbude uppanne sammukhā bhavissāma, na bhavissāmā’’ti. Atha te sabbeva tadā attano asammukhabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘ko nu kho taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametuṃ samattho bhavissatī’’ti sakalaṃ manussalokaṃ chakāmāvacaradevalokañca olokentā na kañci disvā brahmaloke tissaṃ nāma mahābrahmānaṃ addasaṃsu parittāyukaṃ uparibrahmalokūpapattiyā bhāvitamaggaṃ. Disvāna nesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace mayaṃ etassa brahmuno manussaloke nibbattanatthāya ussāhaṃ kareyyāma, addhā esa moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gahessati. Tato ca mantehi palobhito nikkhamitvā pabbajissati. So evaṃ pabbajitvā sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā adhigatapaṭisambhido hutvā titthiye madditvā taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinicchitvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissatī’’ti.
诸长老主持了这第二次集会后,便思惟道:“未来时代中,教法也必然会出现这样的奇异现象。”他们观察时,见到以下情形:当距离现在超过一百八十八年之后,在巴达厘城,将有一位名为法忧的王兴起,他将在整个阇阇瞿毗地区治理国家。此王对佛教法门信心坚定,将会兴起巨大的利益与敬仰。然后,外道见此利益与敬仰,出家入道,彼此各自宣扬自己的见解。因此,在佛法中将兴起一项伟大奇异的现象。此时,他们(长老们)便产生怀疑:“我们岂会亲眼见此奇异现象的出现呢?恐怕不能。”于是他们悉皆觉知自己难以亲见的状态,便想:“谁才有能力令此事得以平息?”他们巡视人间、天界,并未见一人,唯见到梵天界有称为提萨的伟大梵天,此人曾修习通达高梵天界之道。见此后他们便想:“若我们在人间奋发努力,以使梵天得以归依,那么他必定前往尊贵莫迦离婆罗门之家作皈依。他将欢喜离家出家,受具足戒,令自己通达佛陀所说法,调伏外道,察明真理,继而接受佛法。”
Te brahmalokaṃ gantvā tissaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ito vassasatassa upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sāsane mahantaṃ abbudaṃ uppajjissati. Mayañca sakalaṃ manussalokaṃ chakāmāvacaradevalokañca olokayamānā kañci sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samatthaṃ adisvā brahmalokaṃ vicinantā bhavantameva addasāma. Sādhu, sappurisa, manussaloke nibbattitvā dasabalassa sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ paṭiññaṃ dehī’’ti.
他们往梵天界,告知伟大梵天提萨曰:“距今已过一百八十八年后,将会出现佛法中巨大的奇异现象。我们巡视人、天界,未见能接受佛法者。我们现在见到你,你是一位贤善之人,已在人的世界产生,并愿意承接这具有十种力量的佛法,谨愿你予以接受与承载。”
Evaṃ vutte mahābrahmā, ‘‘ahaṃ kira sāsane uppannaṃ abbudaṃ sodhetvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho bhavissāmī’’ti haṭṭhapahaṭṭho udaggudaggo hutvā, ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā paṭiññaṃ adāsi. Therā brahmaloke taṃ karaṇīyaṃ tīretvā puna paccāgamiṃsu.
伟大梵天提萨听闻此言,心想:“我当自净已现佛法的奇异现象,并愿承受佛法。”于是心情激动欢喜,答言“善哉”,并允诺接受。诸长老遂在梵天界解除此责,返回人间。
Tena kho pana samayena siggavatthero ca caṇḍavajjitthero ca dvepi navakā honti daharabhikkhū tipiṭakadharā pattapaṭisambhidā khīṇāsavā, te taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ na sampāpuṇiṃsu. Therā ‘‘tumhe, āvuso, amhākaṃ imasmiṃ adhikaraṇe no sahāyakā ahuvattha, tena vo idaṃ daṇḍakammaṃ hotu – ‘tisso nāma brahmā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhissati, taṃ tumhākaṃ eko nīharitvā pabbājetu, eko buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhāpetū’’’ti vatvā sabbepi yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā –
当时锡迦长老和旃陀跋提长老都是刚入道的年幼比库,具三藏知识及通达四果无垢染。他们未能承担此大任。长老们告诫:“汝等二人,不是我们这件大事的助手。为此,今日降下指令:名为提萨的梵天必前往莫迦离婆罗门之家皈依;你们中须有一人送他入出家令其皈依,另一人当负责宣扬佛法。”说毕便就位安立。
Sabbakāmippabhutayo, tepi therā mahiddhikā;
这两位长老皆具大愿,誓以满愿之力成就此事。
Aggikkhandhāva lokamhi, jalitvā parinibbutā.
火境者,于世间中燃烧,已然熄灭消尽。
Dutiyaṃ saṅgahaṃ katvā, visodhetvāna sāsanaṃ;
第二次集合已成之后,涤清教法之污秽;
Anāgatepi katvāna, hetuṃ saddhammasuddhiyā.
即便未来亦已成就,是善法纯洁之因缘。
Khīṇāsavā vasippatthā, pabhinnapaṭisambhidā;
断漏者、宿善所依者,与正解别者;
Aniccatāvasaṃ therā, tepi nāma upāgatā.
知无常果报之长老,彼等实称为现前者(上来者)。
Evaṃ aniccataṃ jammiṃ, ñatvā durabhisambhavaṃ;
如是知晓生中无常,了解其难以再现之苦难。
Taṃ pattuṃ vāyame dhīro, yaṃ niccaṃ amataṃ padanti.
勇者努力获得那常住不死的法门。
Ettāvatā sabbākārena dutiyasaṅgītivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā hoti. · 至此,第二次结集的说明已从各方面结束。
Dutiyasaṅgītikathā niṭṭhitā · 第二次结集论述结束。
Tatiyasaṅgītikathā第三次结集论述。
Tissopi kho mahābrahmā brahmalokato cavitvā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ aggahesi. Siggavattheropi tassa paṭisandhiggahaṇato pabhuti satta vassāni brāhmaṇassa gehaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Ekadivasampi uḷuṅkamattaṃ vā yāguṃ kaṭacchumattaṃ vā bhattaṃ nālattha. Sattannaṃ pana vassānaṃ accayena ekadivasaṃ ‘‘aticchatha, bhante’’ti vacanamattaṃ alattha. Taṃdivasameva brāhmaṇopi bahiddhā kiñci karaṇīyaṃ katvā āgacchanto paṭipathe theraṃ disvā, ‘‘bho pabbajita, amhākaṃ gehaṃ agamitthā’’ti āha. ‘‘Āma, brāhmaṇa, agamimhā’’ti. ‘‘Api kiñci labhitthā’’ti? ‘‘Āma, brāhmaṇa, labhimhā’’ti. So gehaṃ gantvā pucchi – ‘‘tassa pabbajitassa kiñci adatthā’’ti? ‘‘Na kiñci adamhā’’ti. Brāhmaṇo dutiyadivase gharadvāreyeva nisīdi ‘‘ajja pabbajitaṃ musāvādena niggahessāmī’’ti. Thero dutiyadivase brāhmaṇassa gharadvāraṃ sampatto. Brāhmaṇo theraṃ disvāva evamāha – ‘‘tumhe hiyyo amhākaṃ gehe kiñci aladdhāyeva ‘labhimhā’ti avocuttha. Vaṭṭati nu kho tumhākaṃ musāvādo’’ti! Thero āha – ‘‘mayaṃ, brāhmaṇa, tumhākaṃ gehe satta vassāni ‘aticchathā’ti vacanamattampi alabhitvā hiyyo ‘aticchathā’ti vacanamattaṃ labhimha; athetaṃ paṭisanthāraṃ upādāya evamavocumhā’’ti.
那时大梵天离开梵天世界,到摩伽利婆罗门家中迎接出家的比库。司革长老也是因迎接他而住于婆罗门家七年,定期托饭。即使有一天没有足够的牺牲品祭祀或食物,也常常只以一句话“我渴求”表达请求。就在那一天,婆罗门出门后做了某事,看到长老,便说:“比库啊,您来到了我们的家中。”长老回答:“是的,婆罗门,我来了这里。”“也得到些什么吗?”“是的,婆罗门,我得到了。”他进入家中便问:“这出家的比库有什么没得着的吗?”“没有任何缺少的。”婆罗门第二天坐在家门口说:“今天我要揭露这新出家的比库所说的谎言。”长老第二天到达婆罗门家。婆罗门看见长老,便对他说:“昨天你们来到我们家中,说‘我得到了’。现在看来,你们是在说谎吗?”长老答:“我们来到你们家七年,只得到一句‘我渴求’而已,我们从未说过假话。正因为这期望所以我们才有如此回应。”
Brāhmaṇo cintesi – ‘‘ime paṭisanthāramattampi labhitvā ‘labhimhā’ti pasaṃsanti, aññaṃ kiñci khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ labhitvā kasmā na pasaṃsantī’’ti pasīditvā attano atthāya paṭiyāditabhattato kaṭacchumattaṃ bhikkhaṃ tadupiyañca byañjanaṃ dāpetvā ‘‘imaṃ bhikkhaṃ sabbakālaṃ tumhe labhissathā’’ti āha . So punadivasato pabhuti upasaṅkamantassa therassa upasamaṃ disvā bhiyyosomattāya pasīditvā theraṃ niccakālaṃ attano ghare bhattavissaggakaraṇatthāya yāci. Thero adhivāsetvā divase divase bhattakiccaṃ katvā gacchanto thokaṃ thokaṃ buddhavacanaṃ kathetvā gacchati. Sopi kho māṇavako soḷasavassuddesikoyeva tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū ahosi. Brahmalokato āgatasuddhasattassa āsane vā sayane vā añño koci nisajjitā vā nipajjitā vā natthi. So yadā ācariyagharaṃ gacchati, tadāssa mañcapīṭhaṃ setena vatthena paṭicchādetvā laggetvā ṭhapenti. Thero cintesi – ‘‘samayo dāni māṇavakaṃ pabbājetuṃ, cirañca me idhāgacchantassa, na ca kāci māṇavakena saddhiṃ kathā uppajjati. Handa dāni iminā upāyena pallaṅkaṃ nissāya uppajjissatī’’ti gehaṃ gantvā yathā tasmiṃ gehe ṭhapetvā māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ aññaṃ na kiñci āsanaṃ dissati tathā adhiṭṭhāsi. Brāhmaṇassa gehajano theraṃ disvā aññaṃ kiñci āsanaṃ apassanto māṇavakassa pallaṅkaṃ attharitvā therassa adāsi. Nisīdi thero pallaṅke. Māṇavakopi kho taṅkhaṇaññeva ācariyagharā āgamma theraṃ attano pallaṅke nisinnaṃ disvā kupito anattamano ‘‘ko mama pallaṅkaṃ samaṇassa paññapesī’’ti āha.
婆罗门心中忖度:“仅凭这期望便得到‘得到了’,若得到其他食物,为何不称赞呢?”于是为自己准备的饭食中施舍一点给比库,告诉他说:“这饭你们常常会得到。”从那一天起,长老每天吃饭作务,边走边讲佛陀教法。那少年约十六岁,通晓三种根本感官。那从梵天世界来的清净众生无论坐卧,无人坐于他旁边。他去师父住处时,将床座用白布覆盖并系紧。长老心想:“是时候该让少年出家了,我在这里等久了,却没有与他交流。看来现在他会靠着这床坐垫起心念。”入室摆放后,少年卧床上再无其他座位,于是长老坚定决定。婆罗门家人见了长老,见无他座位,便将床垫让与少年。长老坐在床上。少年也一手拿着钵来到师父住处,看见师父坐在自己的床上,愤怒不满地说:“为什么我的床垫成了沙门的坐席?”
Thero bhattakiccaṃ katvā vūpasante māṇavakassa caṇḍikkabhāve evamāha – ‘‘kiṃ pana tvaṃ, māṇavaka, kiñci mantaṃ jānāsī’’ti? Māṇavako ‘‘bho pabbajita, mayi dāni mante ajānante aññe ke jānissantī’’ti vatvā, theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘tumhe pana mantaṃ jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Puccha, māṇavaka, pucchitvā sakkā jānitu’’nti. Atha kho māṇavako tīsu vedesu sanighaṇḍukeṭubhesu sākkharappabhedesu itihāsapañcamesu yāni yāni gaṇṭhiṭṭhānāni, yesaṃ yesaṃ nayaṃ neva attanā passati nāpissa ācariyo addasa, tesu tesu theraṃ pucchi. Thero ‘‘pakatiyāpi tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū, idāni pana paṭisambhidāppatto, tenassa natthi tesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjane bhāro’’ti tāvadeva te pañhe vissajjetvā māṇavakaṃ āha – ‘‘māṇavaka, ahaṃ tayā bahuṃ pucchito; ahampi dāni taṃ ekaṃ pañhaṃ pucchāmi, byākarissasi me’’ti? ‘‘Āma, bho pabbajita, puccha byākarissāmī’’ti. Thero cittayamake imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi –
长老吃完饭,安静地向少年训斥:“你啊,少年,你知道什么想法?”少年答:“唉,比库,关于我自己目前不了解,别人又怎么会知道呢。”长老问:“你难道知道自己的想法吗?”答:“问了才知道。”长老于是在三根感官的三种近触上,指着事物的断裂处,问少年各种理论议题,那些都是少年自己能理解但老师没见过的。长老说:“你已经证德了这三根感官的彼岸,现在具有亲见解脱的智慧,自无须回答这些问题。”对那些问题回答完毕后,长老对少年说:“少年,我问了你很多问题,现在我要问你一道问题,你来回答我。”少年答:“请问吧,尊敬的出家人,我会回答。”长老心念起,提出问题——
‘‘Yassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhati tassa cittaṃ nirujjhissati nuppajjissati; yassa vā pana cittaṃ nirujjhissati nuppajjissati tassa cittaṃ uppajjati na nirujjhatī’’ti?
“若起心不灭,则心必灭;若心必灭,则起心不生;反之亦然,这是为什么呢?”
Māṇavo uddhaṃ vā adho vā harituṃ asakkonto ‘‘kiṃ nāma, bho pabbajita, ida’’nti āha. ‘‘Buddhamanto nāmāyaṃ, māṇavā’’ti. ‘‘Sakkā panāyaṃ, bho, mayhampi dātu’’nti. ‘‘Sakkā māṇava, amhehi gahitapabbajjaṃ gaṇhantassa dātu’’nti. Tato māṇavo mātāpitaro upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘ayaṃ pabbajito buddhamantaṃ nāma jānāti, na ca attano santike apabbajitassa deti, ahaṃ etassa santike pabbajitvā mantaṃ uggaṇhissāmī’’ti.
少年无法举起或放下心,便问:“尊敬的出家人,这是什么思想?”答:“这是称为‘佛陀想’的思想,少年。”少年说:“我也可以得到这种思想吗?”答:“可以,少年,只要你接受了我们比库的出家道。”此时少年父母来到,说:“儿子出家并懂得佛陀想,但不愿把思想告诉我们在他身边的亲人,我愿跪求他告诉我这思想。”
Athassa mātāpitaro ‘‘pabbajitvāpi no putto mante gaṇhatu, gahetvā punāgamissatī’’ti maññamānā ‘‘uggaṇha, puttā’’ti anujāniṃsu. Thero dārakaṃ pabbājetvā dvattiṃsākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ tāva ācikkhi. So tattha parikammaṃ karonto nacirasseva sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tato thero cintesi – ‘‘sāmaṇero sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhito, abhabbo dāni sāsanato nivattituṃ. Sace panassāhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā katheyyaṃ, arahattaṃ pāpuṇeyya, appossukko bhaveyya buddhavacanaṃ gahetuṃ, samayo dāni naṃ caṇḍavajjittherassa santikaṃ pesetu’’nti. Tato āha – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, therassa santikaṃ gantvā buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇha. Mama vacanena tañca ārogyaṃ puccha; evañca vadehi – ‘upajjhāyo maṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇī’ti. ‘Ko nāma te upajjhāyo’ti ca vutte ‘siggavatthero nāma, bhante’ti vadeyyāsi. ‘Ahaṃ ko nāmā’ti vutte evaṃ vadeyyāsi – ‘mama upajjhāyo, bhante, tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātī’’’ti.
当时比库的父母心想:「即使他出家,儿子也不能被夺去,夺去之后必定还会回来。」于是他们劝诫说:「接纳吧,孩子们啊!」长老为这孩子出家,指出了二十三个修行法门。孩子在那里勤修正行,不久便证得了入流果。然后长老思惟道:「这个沙玛内拉既已证得入流果,现今不能回转出教。如果我能增长他的修行法门,他便能证得阿拉汉果,成为不退转者,能够承受佛法。现在正是时候,将他送到尊者刹那婆吉处。」于是他说:「来吧,沙玛内拉,去尊者那里,承受佛法。你当依我教,将健康也问一问;如此而说:『老师啊,尊者啊,请您允许我亲近您。』对方问你:『你的老师是谁?』你应答说:『尊者,名叫悉伽婆尊者。』对方问:『我是谁?』你应答说:『老师,我知道您的名字。』
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho tisso sāmaṇero theraṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā anupubbena caṇḍavajjittherassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Thero sāmaṇeraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kuto āgatosī’’ti? ‘‘Upajjhāyo maṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pahiṇī’’ti. ‘‘Ko nāma te upajjhāyo’’ti? ‘‘Siggavatthero nāma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Ahaṃ ko nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Mama upajjhāyo, bhante, tumhākaṃ nāmaṃ jānātī’’ti. ‘‘Pattacīvaraṃ dāni paṭisāmehī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti sāmaṇero pattacīvaraṃ paṭisāmetvā punadivase pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā udakadantaponaṃ upaṭṭhāpesi. Thero tassa sammajjitaṭṭhānaṃ puna sammajji . Taṃ udakaṃ chaḍḍetvā aññaṃ udakaṃ āhari. Tañca dantakaṭṭhaṃ apanetvā aññaṃ dantakaṭṭhaṃ gaṇhi. Evaṃ satta divasāni katvā sattame divase puna pucchi. Sāmaṇero punapi pubbe kathitasadisameva kathesi. Thero ‘‘so vatāyaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti sañjānitvā ‘‘kimatthaṃ āgatosī’’ti āha. ‘‘Buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhatthāya, bhante’’ti. Thero ‘‘uggaṇha dāni, sāmaṇerā’’ti vatvā puna divasato pabhuti buddhavacanaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Tisso sāmaṇerova hutvā, ṭhapetvā vinayapiṭakaṃ sabbaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhi saddhiṃ aṭṭhakathāya. Upasampannakāle pana avassikova samāno tipiṭakadharo ahosi. Ācariyupajjhāyā moggaliputtatissattherassa hatthe sakalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā yāvatāyukaṃ ṭhatvā parinibbāyiṃsu. Moggaliputtatissattheropi aparena samayena kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattappatto bahūnaṃ dhammavinayaṃ vācesi.
三位沙玛内拉对尊者顶礼并绕行,随后依次前往尊者刹那婆吉所,礼敬后站立一旁。尊者问他:「你从何而来?」他说:「老师,专程来此寻找您的许可。」尊者问:「你的老师是谁?」他说:「尊者,他名悉伽婆尊者。」尊者问:「我是谁?」他说:「老师,您是我所知的老师。」尊者说:「现在你可以领取袈裟了。」沙玛内拉领受袈裟后,隔天洁净身心,照顾洁净的牙刷盆。尊者在他净处再三祝福。弃用旧水后换取新水,也换取新牙刷和牙签。这样守持七天,第七天再问他。沙玛内拉所言与前日相同。尊者知他为婆罗门子孙,问道:「你为何来此?」他说:「为了领受佛法,老师。」尊者说:「现在领受吧,沙玛内拉。」于是他整日诵读佛法、律藏及注疏。成为正式比库后,他几乎不离三藏。他把佛法一一安放于老师莫迦利布提尊者手中,并侍奉其到老,直至尊者般涅槃。莫迦利布提尊者后来亦增长修行法门,证得阿拉汉,弘持多种法与律。
Tena kho pana samayena bindusārassa rañño ekasataputtā ahesuṃ. Te sabbe asoko attanā saddhiṃ ekamātikaṃ tissakumāraṃ ṭhapetvā ghātesi. Ghātento ca cattāri vassāni anabhisittova rajjaṃ kāretvā catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena tathāgatassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari aṭṭhārasame vasse sakalajambudīpe ekarajjābhisekaṃ pāpuṇi . Abhisekānubhāvena cassa imā rājiddhiyo āgatā – mahāpathaviyā heṭṭhā yojanappamāṇe āṇā pavattati; tathā upari ākāse anotattadahato aṭṭhahi kājehi soḷasa pānīyaghaṭe divase divase devatā āharanti, yato sāsane uppannasaddho hutvā aṭṭha ghaṭe bhikkhusaṅghassa adāsi, dve ghaṭe saṭṭhimattānaṃ tipiṭakadharabhikkhūnaṃ, dve ghaṭe aggamahesiyā asandhimittāya, cattāro ghaṭe attanā paribhuñji; devatāeva himavante nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ nāma atthi siniddhaṃ mudukaṃ rasavantaṃ taṃ divase divase āharanti, yena rañño ca mahesiyā ca soḷasannañca nāṭakitthisahassānaṃ saṭṭhimattānañca bhikkhusahassānaṃ devasikaṃ dantaponakiccaṃ nippajjati. Devasikameva cassa devatā agadāmalakaṃ agadaharītakaṃ suvaṇṇavaṇṇañca gandharasasampannaṃ ambapakkaṃ āharanti. Tathā chaddantadahato pañcavaṇṇanivāsanapāvuraṇaṃ pītakavaṇṇahatthapucchanapaṭakaṃ dibbañca pānakaṃ āharanti. Devasikameva panassa nhānagandhaṃ anuvilepanagandhaṃ pārupanatthāya asuttamayikaṃ sumanapupphapaṭaṃ mahārahañca añjanaṃ nāgabhavanato nāgarājāno āharanti. Chaddantadaheva uṭṭhitassa sālino nava vāhasahassāni divase divase sukā āharanti. Mūsikā nitthusakaṇe karonti, ekopi khaṇḍataṇḍulo na hoti, rañño sabbaṭṭhānesu ayameva taṇḍulo paribhogaṃ gacchati. Madhumakkhikā madhuṃ karonti. Kammārasālāsu acchā kūṭaṃ paharanti. Karavīkasakuṇā āgantvā madhurassaraṃ vikūjantā rañño balikammaṃ karonti.
当时宾杜萨罗王有一百个儿子,他们全都无忧无恼,把特立独行的三世王子养育成人,然后将他送去供养。杀害后,他执政四年不被侵犯,之后四年王国安稳。超过两百年的时间,自如来般涅槃起,晋升为全弥兰陀洲唯一国王。因受加冕,国土广大,下方有宽阔的道路开通;天空中六成高,神天每日献上十六瓢饮水。因信受佛法,每八瓢奉给比库桑伽,每两瓢供给受戒具德王后,再有四瓢自享;天众在喜马拉雅山龙族牙刷木丛中,采摘成熟莲蓬,供给国王和王后,为十六万圣众及六万比库提供神圣的刷牙用品。神天还献上阿迦玛拉葛卡、阿迦哈里塔卡等香料及黄金花果,并且五彩盖巾与象毛笔、飞天饮料。天众每日净浴,用天花宝叶与甘蔗汁擦拭,涂抹上大王眼药膏,龙宫众王亦带来珍宝,为国王消暑。犀鸟筑巢于工匠房舍,蜂王酿蜜,蜂鸟来采花蜜,共同为国王效劳。
Imāhi iddhīhi samannāgato rājā ekadivasaṃ suvaṇṇasaṅkhalikabandhanaṃ pesetvā catunnaṃ buddhānaṃ adhigatarūpadassanaṃ kappāyukaṃ kāḷaṃ nāma nāgarājānaṃ ānayitvā setacchattassa heṭṭhā mahārahe pallaṅke nisīdāpetvā anekasatavaṇṇehi jalaja thalajapupphehi suvaṇṇapupphehi ca pūjaṃ katvā sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitehi soḷasahi nāṭakitthisahassehi samantato parikkhipitvā ‘‘anantañāṇassa tāva me saddhammavaracakkavattino sammāsambuddhassa rūpaṃ imesaṃ akkhīnaṃ āpāthaṃ karohī’’ti vatvā tena nimmitaṃ sakalasarīravippakiṇṇapuññappabhāvanibbattāsītānubyañjanapaṭimaṇḍitadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasassirīkatāya vikasitakamaluppalapuṇḍarīkapaṭimaṇḍitamiva salilatalaṃ tārāgaṇarasmijālavisadavipphuritasobhāsamujjalitamiva gaganatalaṃ nīlapītalohitādibhedavicitravaṇṇaraṃsivinaddhabyāmappabhāparikkhepavilāsitāya sañcāppabhānurāgaindadhanuvijjulatāparikkhittamiva kanakagirisikharaṃ nānāvirāgavimalaketumālāsamujjalitacārumatthakasobhaṃ nayanarasāyatanamiva brahmadevamanujanāgayakkhagaṇānaṃ buddharūpaṃ passanto satta divasāni akkhipūjaṃ nāma akāsi.
国王具足神通后某日献上金项链,照见四位佛陀得正见的形相,乃请来名为卡拉的龙王,令其坐于金伞下的大宝座,周围以多百色彩的水生、陆生花朵以及金色莲花等装饰,围绕有十六万戏剧院。国王恳请佛陀:「无量智慧之正法轮转者,如来尊者,请为我展显此显现。」以此因缘,佛陀现身以全身散发七十种殊胜功德光彩,犹如盛开的莲花,辉映如蓝、青、赤等多彩天空,映照如黄金山顶的多种色彩,装饰着华丽的珠链,宛如天堂诸天佛神、天众及雅卡族等观视佛陀形象,供养七天,进行称为“撒吉布佳”的供养。
Rājā kira abhisekaṃ pāpuṇitvā tīṇiyeva saṃvaccharāni bāhirakapāsaṇḍaṃ pariggaṇhi. Catutthe saṃvacchare buddhasāsane pasīdi. Tassa kira pitā bindusāro brāhmaṇabhatto ahosi, so brāhmaṇānañca brāhmaṇajātiyapāsaṇḍānañca paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakādīnaṃ saṭṭhisahassamattānaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Asokopi pitarā pavattitaṃ dānaṃ attano antepure tatheva dadamāno ekadivasaṃ sīhapañjare ṭhito te upasamaparibāhirena ācārena bhuñjamāne asaṃyatindriye avinītairiyāpathe disvā cintesi – ‘‘īdisaṃ dānaṃ upaparikkhitvā yuttaṭṭhāne dātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Evaṃ cintetvā amacce āha – ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, attano attano sādhusammate samaṇabrāhmaṇe antepuraṃ atiharatha, dānaṃ dassāmā’’ti. Amaccā ‘‘sādhu, devā’’ti rañño paṭissuṇitvā te te paṇḍaraṅgaparibbājakājīvakanigaṇṭhādayo ānetvā ‘‘ime, mahārāja, amhākaṃ arahanto’’ti āhaṃsu.
国王获得加冕后,只用了三年时间即清除外道异端,第四年则对佛法深生欢喜。其父宾杜萨罗为婆罗门教士,亦为六万多婆罗门及托钵游方僧众提供终生供养。国王父亲虽已安排奉献,自己仍于宫中独自进食,见非正当途径之行作,于心生疑虑,便对亲近者说:「此处的供养若要稳固,宜施于适当之处。」遂命亲众各自依正法到各行乞处演示善法。亲众们应声称赞:「善哉,天众。」
Atha rājā antepure uccāvacāni āsanāni paññapetvā ‘‘āgacchantū’’ti vatvā āgatāgate āha – ‘‘attano attano patirūpe āsane nisīdathā’’ti . Tesu ekacce bhaddapīṭhakesu, ekacce phalakapīṭhakesu nisīdiṃsu. Te disvā rājā ‘‘natthi nesaṃ anto sāro’’ti ñatvā tesaṃ anurūpaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ datvā uyyojesi.
国王在宫廷中安排座位,告诫说:「来者可随意入座,依各自妥善之位安坐。」他们或坐于优良座席,或坐于果座。国王观察后,觉他们没有合适的座位,便安排与之相称的食物和饮食,使其安顿。
Evaṃ gacchante kāle ekadivasaṃ rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa nigrodhasāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampannaṃ. Ko panāyaṃ nigrodho nāma? Bindusārarañño jeṭṭhaputtassa sumanarājakumārassa putto.
如此行至时候,有一日国王立于狮笼之中,见到了名为尼拘陀的沙玛内拉。此人随从宫廷队列而行,牙齿整齐,牙龈洁白,感官完备,行路端正。所谓“尼拘陀”者,为布因达萨兰国王之子,耶提帕徒长子,名为苏摩纳王子。
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā –
于此,有一段次第叙述——
Bindusārarañño kira dubbalakāleyeva asokakumāro attanā laddhaṃ ujjenīrajjaṃ pahāya āgantvā sabbanagaraṃ attano hatthagataṃ katvā sumanarājakumāraṃ aggahesi. Taṃdivasameva sumanassa rājakumārassa sumanā nāma devī paripuṇṇagabbhā ahosi. Sā aññātakavesena nikkhamitvā avidūre aññataraṃ caṇḍālagāmaṃ sandhāya gacchantī jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālassa gehato avidūre aññatarasmiṃ nigrodharukkhe adhivatthāya devatāya ‘‘ito ehi, sumane’’ti vadantiyā saddaṃ sutvā tassā samīpaṃ gatā. Devatā attano ānubhāvena ekaṃ sālaṃ nimminitvā ‘‘ettha vasāhī’’ti adāsi. Sā taṃ sālaṃ pāvisi. Gatadivaseyeva ca puttaṃ vijāyi. Sā tassa nigrodhadevatāya pariggahitattā ‘‘nigrodho’’ tveva nāmaṃ akāsi. Jeṭṭhakacaṇḍālo diṭṭhadivasato pabhuti taṃ attano sāmidhītaraṃ viya maññamāno nibaddhavattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Rājadhītā tattha satta vassāni vasi. Nigrodhakumāropi sattavassiko jāto. Tadā mahāvaruṇatthero nāma eko arahā dārakassa hetusampadaṃ disvā rakkhitvā tattha viharamāno ‘‘sattavassiko dāni dārako, kālo naṃ pabbājetu’’nti cintetvā rājadhītāya ārocāpetvā nigrodhakumāraṃ pabbājesi. Kumāro khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. So ekadivasaṃ pātova sarīraṃ jaggitvā ācariyupajjhāyavattaṃ katvā pattacīvaramādāya ‘‘mātuupāsikāya gehadvāraṃ gacchāmī’’ti nikkhami. Mātunivāsanaṭṭhānañcassa dakkhiṇadvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā nagaramajjhena gantvā pācīnadvārena nikkhamitvā gantabbaṃ hoti.
据说布因达萨兰国王在困厄之时,他的悲伤儿子自己舍弃了乌杰尼王国,来到外地,遍行诸城,将整个城池置于自己手掌之中,收纳了苏摩纳王子。那年正逢苏摩纳王子所生的母亲苏摩娜,是位怀孕满月的王妃。她身着不知名的衣服,前往不远处一座名为阇纳罗迦的村落,行至距耶提帕徒贱民家较近的一颗尼拘陀树下,听闻天人呼唤他说:“从这里来,苏摩纳。”她即往近前。天人以其神通变作一株榴树,说:“在此居住。”她进入榴树下。当天生下了孩儿。因母亲对那棵尼拘陀树的敬奉,那孩儿便以“尼拘陀”为名。耶提帕徒贱民见状,似视其为自己所燃的柴薪,随即捆绑那孩儿入席。公主在那里住了七年。尼拘陀王子亦出生于七年。时有一尊名为大瓦卢那长老的阿拉汉,见此孩儿缘分已足,守护于此,便思虑道:“如今七年孩儿,时候已到,应令其出家。”告知公主,遂使尼拘陀王子出家。该王子迅如羚羊,证得阿拉汉果位。有一日,他临终时示现尸身,由师长们服侍,得披法衣,言曰:“今当往母亲所居,近母家门。”他由母亲住所南门入城,行遍城中,再由西门出,前往目的地。
Tena ca samayena asoko dhammarājā pācīnadisābhimukho sīhapañjare caṅkamati. Taṅkhaṇaññeva nigrodho rājaṅgaṇaṃ sampāpuṇi santindriyo santamānaso yugamattaṃ pekkhamāno. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘ekadivasaṃ rājā sīhapañjare ṭhito addasa nigrodhasāmaṇeraṃ rājaṅgaṇena gacchantaṃ dantaṃ guttaṃ santindriyaṃ iriyāpathasampanna’’nti. Disvā panassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ jano sabbopi vikkhittacitto bhantamigappaṭibhāgo. Ayaṃ pana dārako avikkhittacitto ativiya cassa ālokitavilokitaṃ samiñjanapasāraṇañca sobhati. Addhā etassa abbhantare lokuttaradhammo bhavissatī’’ti rañño saha dassaneneva sāmaṇere cittaṃ pasīdi, pemaṃ saṇṭhahi. Kasmā? Pubbe hi kira puññakaraṇakāle esa rañño jeṭṭhabhātā vāṇijako ahosi. Vuttampi hetaṃ –
彼时,阿修罗王阿素拘在南方之侧,踱步于狮笼之中。恰逢尼拘陀以敏锐感官步入宫廷。闻达此语——“一日,国王立于狮笼,见尼拘陀沙玛内拉随宫廷而行齿牙完整,感官全备,行路端庄。”阿素拘王心想:“此人心境分明,诸贵族群中属最。一少年虽无心失,却极为受人观照,详察其观察与宽展胸怀。此中隐含超世间法。”国王与见此少年同处一室时,内心生欢喜,聚起爱意。何以故?从前此王尚为富饶商贾时,耶提帕徒长兄曾为善因。据记载——
‘‘Pubbe va sannivāsena, paccuppannahitena vā;
“从前或因居所齐聚,或因前世所积善,
Evaṃ taṃ jāyate pemaṃ, uppalaṃ va yathodake’’ti. (jā. 1.2.174);
由此生爱,恰如水中莲花开放。”(《长部》1.2.174)
Atha rājā sañjātapemo sabahumāno ‘‘etaṃ sāmaṇeraṃ pakkosathā’’ti amacce pesesi. ‘‘Te aticirāyantī’’ti puna dve tayo pesesi – ‘‘turitaṃ āgacchatū’’ti. Sāmaṇero attano pakatiyā eva agamāsi. Rājā patirūpamāsanaṃ ñatvā ‘‘nisīdathā’’ti āha. So ito cito ca viloketvā ‘‘natthi dāni aññe bhikkhū’’ti samussitasetacchattaṃ rājapallaṅkaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pattaggahaṇatthāya rañño ākāraṃ dassesi. Rājā taṃ pallaṅkasamīpaṃ upagacchantaṃyeva disvā cintesi – ‘‘ajjeva dāni ayaṃ sāmaṇero imassa gehassa sāmiko bhavissatī’’ti sāmaṇero rañño hatthe pattaṃ datvā pallaṅkaṃ abhiruhitvā nisīdi. Rājā attano atthāya sampāditaṃ sabbaṃ yāgukhajjakabhattavikatiṃ upanāmesi. Sāmaṇero attano yāpanīyamattakameva sampaṭicchi. Bhattakiccāvasāne rājā āha – ‘‘satthārā tumhākaṃ dinnovādaṃ jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Jānāmi, mahārāja, ekadesenā’’ti. ‘‘Tāta, mayhampi naṃ kathehī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, mahārājā’’ti rañño anurūpaṃ dhammapade appamādavaggaṃ anumodanatthāya abhāsi.
于是国王桑加查佩摩满怀敬意,对国王之子说:“这个沙玛内拉应受托付。”给仆人派遣。仆人说:“他们停留时间过长。”于是再派遣两三个说:“迅速来此。”沙玛内拉只是从当中走来。国王了解了合适的座位,说:“请坐。”他环视四周,说:“现在没有其他比库。”便走近有着蓝色帐篷的王座,向国王呈现礼服。国王见到他来到寝帐附近,想着:“此刻这沙玛内拉将成为这宅邸的主宰。”沙玛内拉接过国王的柄杖,登上寝帐就座。国王为自己准备了齐备的餐食,包括甘蔗、蛤蟆和老鼠。沙玛内拉仅以适合自己的程度就餐。用毕,国王问:“师长,您知道你们的戒律教诲吗?”回答:“我知道,陛下,只精通一部分。”国王说:“孩子,连我也不了解。”沙玛内拉答:“很好,陛下。”为了认可国王说的戒律妙法,赞叹不已。
Rājā pana ‘‘appamādo amatapadaṃ, pamādo maccuno pada’’nti sutvāva ‘‘aññātaṃ, tāta, pariyosāpehī’’ti āha. Anumodanāvasāne ca ‘‘aṭṭha te, tāta, dhuvabhattāni dammī’’ti āha. Sāmaṇero āha – ‘‘etāni ahaṃ upajjhāyassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, upajjhāyo nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Vajjāvajjaṃ disvā codetā sāretā ca, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Aññānipi te, tāta, aṭṭha dammī’’ti. ‘‘Etāni ācariyassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, ācariyo nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Imasmiṃ sāsane sikkhitabbakadhammesu patiṭṭhāpetā, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, tāta, aññānipi te aṭṭha dammī’’ti. ‘‘Etānipi bhikkhusaṅghassa dammi, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ, tāta, bhikkhusaṅgho nāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yaṃ nissāya , mahārāja, amhākaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānañca mama ca pabbajjā ca upasampadā cā’’ti. Rājā bhiyyoso mattāya tuṭṭhacitto āha – ‘‘aññānipi te, tāta, aṭṭha dammī’’ti. Sāmaṇero ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchitvā punadivase dvattiṃsa bhikkhū gahetvā rājantepuraṃ pavisitvā bhattakiccamakāsi. Rājā ‘‘aññepi dvattiṃsa bhikkhū tumhehi saddhiṃ sve bhikkhaṃ gaṇhantū’’ti eteneva upāyena divase divase vaḍḍhāpento saṭṭhisahassānaṃ brāhmaṇaparibbājakādīnaṃ bhattaṃ upacchinditvā antonivesane saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi nigrodhatthere gateneva pasādena. Nigrodhattheropi rājānaṃ saparisaṃ tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpetvā buddhasāsane pothujjanikena pasādena acalappasādaṃ katvā patiṭṭhāpesi. Puna rājā asokārāmaṃ nāma mahāvihāraṃ kāretvā saṭṭhisahassānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ niccabhattaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Sakalajambudīpe caturāsītiyā nagarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpesi caturāsītisahassacetiyapaṭimaṇḍitāni dhammeneva, no adhammena.
国王听到“精进是无上境界,懈怠是死之境地”的教诲后,说:“这知识,我并不熟悉,孩子,请为我解释。”认可之后说:“孩子,我会赋予你八件长久的餐具。”沙玛内拉答:“这些我交付给导师,陛下。”国王问:“这位导师是谁?”答:“他监督并纠正犯戒人,陛下。”国王说:“请再告诉我其他八件。”答:“这些交给老师,陛下。”问:“老师是谁?”答:“是此教法中应当学习的规矩制定者,陛下。”国王再问:“还有八件呢?”答:“这些交给比库僧团,陛下。”问:“比库僧团是谁?”答:“依赖他们,我的导师和我都受了戒并得传承。”国王非常满意,高兴地说:“你果然知道八件。”沙玛内拉说:“很好。”于是隔天带着二十三比库进入宫殿,勤奋用餐。国王说:“你们二十三人共同供养其他二十三比库吧。”如此以方法逐日增加,断绝了六万名婆罗门和游方人等的食物,置入内宅供养六万比库。像尼格罗达长老那样,国王在三处护持僧团五戒,令佛法稳固,非外道所破坏,建立了坚固的基础。又建造名为无忧园的巨寺,固定供养六万比库。在整个占婆岛八万四千城镇里,建造八万四千寺院,布满八万四千塔,令法恒存不退。
Ekadivasaṃ kira rājā asokārāme mahādānaṃ datvā saṭṭhisahassabhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe nisajja saṅghaṃ catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhante, bhagavatā desitadhammo nāma kittako hotī’’ti? ‘‘Aṅgato, mahārāja, navaṅgāni, khandhato caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānī’’ti. Rājā dhamme pasīditvā ‘‘ekekaṃ dhammakkhandhaṃ ekekavihārena pūjessāmī’’ti ekadivasameva channavutikoṭidhanaṃ visajjetvā amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘etha, bhaṇe, ekamekasmiṃ nagare ekamekaṃ vihāraṃ kārāpentā caturāsītiyā nagarasahassesu caturāsītivihārasahassāni kārāpethā’’ti. Sayañca asokārāme asokamahāvihāratthāya kammaṃ paṭṭhapesi. Saṅgho indaguttattheraṃ nāma mahiddhikaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ khīṇāsavaṃ navakammādhiṭṭhāyakaṃ adāsi. Thero yaṃ yaṃ na niṭṭhāti taṃ taṃ attano ānubhāvena niṭṭhāpesi. Evampi tīhi saṃvaccharehi vihārakammaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. Ekadivasameva sabbanagarehi paṇṇāni āgamiṃsu.
一天国王在无忧园布施大奉献,坐在六万比库僧团中,开示僧团四种条件,问:“尊敬的,何谓佛陀所宣说、著名的法?”答:“尊贵的国王,是九种部分,共有八千四百法蕴。”国王欢喜法义,说:“我当敬奉每一法蕴一座寺院。”当天挥霍三千二百万财富,命仆人说道:“请在八万四千城镇里,每城建立一寺,共八万四千寺院。”随后他在无忧园为无忧大寺做开工仪式。僧团赠给因陀姑长老一位伟大的无余涅槃者、具有新修功德的法护。长老以自身神通使未得解脱者皆得解脱。如此三年间完成了建寺仪式。一日,八万名信众同时来到诸城。仆人向国王报告:“八万四千寺院已建成。”国王在城内击鼓宣布:“十七天内大寺将成,请众人持八戒,在城内外护持大寺。”十七天后,装饰华美、车骑众多的军队、天人世界、掌管阿摩罗威帝国的名声更隆盛的首都,乐欲制造且热心装饰的百姓,巡行到大寺,进入僧团中。
Amaccā rañño ārocesuṃ – ‘‘niṭṭhitāni, deva, caturāsītivihārasahassānī’’ti. Rājā nagare bheriṃ carāpesi – ‘‘ito sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena vihāramaho bhavissati. Sabbe aṭṭha sīlaṅgāni samādiyitvā antonagare ca bahinagare ca vihāramahaṃ paṭiyādentū’’ti. Tato sattannaṃ divasānaṃ accayena sabbālaṅkāravibhūsitāya anekasatasahassasaṅkhyāya caturaṅginiyā senāya parivuto devaloke amaravatiyā rājadhāniyā sirito adhikatarasassirīkaṃ viya nagaraṃ kātukāmena ussāhajātena mahājanena alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ nagaraṃ anuvicaranto vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghassa majjhe aṭṭhāsi.
此时汇聚现场达八十万比库,约三十二万比库尼。其间约十万已证无余涅槃。人们认为:“倘若国王完全守护正法,法会极盛。”于是创立名为“世界扩展”之神迹。国王立于无忧园,东望西顾,观望济度诸岛,见八万四千寺院光彩照人,隆重礼敬寺院,满心欣喜,却思量:“是否还有他人享有如此喜悦?”于是他问僧团:“尊者们,在世尊的十力教法中,谁为最大供养者?谁的供养最大?”僧团答:“陛下,在十力教法中,没有人能及如来本人,而您即最大供养者。”听毕,国王喜悦满怀,心身放松,心想:“果然没有人能及我作供养者,我确实以给予的功德接受这教法。我是否应做教法的守护者呢,或不应当?”随后问僧团:“我真的能成为教法的守护者吗?”
Tasmiñca khaṇe sannipatitā asīti bhikkhukoṭiyo ahesuṃ, bhikkhunīnañca channavutisatasahassāni. Tattha khīṇāsavabhikkhūyeva satasahassasaṅkhyā ahesuṃ. Tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘sace rājā attano adhikāraṃ anavasesaṃ passeyya ativiya buddhasāsane pasīdeyyā’’ti. Tato lokavivaraṇaṃ nāma pāṭihāriyaṃ akaṃsu. Rājā asokārāme ṭhitova catuddisā anuvilokento samantato samuddapariyantaṃ jambudīpaṃ passati caturāsītiñca vihārasahassāni uḷārāya vihāramahapūjāya virocamānāni. So taṃ vibhūtiṃ passamāno uḷārena pītipāmojjena samannāgato ‘‘atthi pana aññassapi kassaci evarūpaṃ pītipāmojjaṃ uppannapubba’’nti cintento bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhante, amhākaṃ lokanāthassa dasabalassa sāsane ko mahāpariccāgaṃ pariccaji. Kassa pariccāgo mahantoti? Bhikkhusaṅgho moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi. Thero āha – ‘‘mahārāja, dasabalassa sāsane paccayadāyako nāma tayā sadiso dharamānepi tathāgate na koci ahosi, taveva pariccāgo mahā’’ti. Rājā therassa vacanaṃ sutvā uḷārena pītipāmojjena nirantaraṃ phuṭṭhasarīro hutvā cintesi – ‘‘natthi kira mayā sadiso paccayadāyako, mayhaṃ kira pariccāgo mahā, ahaṃ kira deyyadhammena sāsanaṃ paggaṇhāmi. Kiṃ panāhaṃ evaṃ sati sāsanassa dāyādo homi, na homī’’ti. Tato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘bhavāmi nu kho ahaṃ, bhante, sāsanassa dāyādo’’ti?
时,摩诃迦叶尊者听闻国王之言,观察国王长子摩兴陀的根基,“若此太子出家,法必极盛”,便对国王说:“陛下,您不是教法的守护者。即便是教法守护者也同时是条件施予者和维护者。大地乃至梵天界的条件施予者加起来,也无法与教法守护者相提并论。”国王问:“那么,我该如何做教法的守护者?”尊者答:“若有人徒然或无能地抛弃自己的儿子,即称为教法之守护者。”
Tato moggaliputtatissatthero rañño idaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā rājaputtassa mahindassa upanissayasampattiṃ sampassamāno ‘‘sace ayaṃ kumāro pabbajissati sāsanassa ativiya vuḍḍhi bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho, mahārāja, ettāvatā sāsanassa dāyādo hoti; apica kho paccayadāyakoti vā upaṭṭhākoti vā saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Yopi hi, mahārāja, pathavito yāva brahmalokaparimāṇaṃ paccayarāsiṃ dadeyya sopi ‘sāsane dāyādo’ti saṅkhyaṃ na gacchatī’’ti. ‘‘Atha kathaṃ carahi, bhante, sāsanassa dāyādo hotī’’ti? ‘‘Yo hi koci, mahārāja, aḍḍho vā daliddo vā attano orasaṃ puttaṃ pabbājeti – ayaṃ vuccati, mahārāja, dāyādo sāsanassā’’ti.
于是,摩嘎剌那帝萨长老听闻国王此言,观察王子马欣达具足亲近胜缘,心念:「若此王子出家,则对教法将有极大增盛。」乃对国王如此说道:「大王,如此程度者,实非教法之继承者;不过被称为供施者或侍奉者而已。大王,即使有人从大地乃至梵天界之范围,布施诸多资具,彼人亦不能被称为『教法之继承者』。」「那么,大德,究竟如何方能成为教法之继承者?」「大王,无论何人,或富或贫,将自己亲生之子令其出家——此人,大王,方被称为教法之继承者。」
Evaṃ vutte asoko rājā ‘‘ahaṃ kira evarūpaṃ pariccāgaṃ katvāpi neva sāsanassa dāyādabhāvaṃ patto’’ti sāsane dāyādabhāvaṃ patthayamāno ito cito ca viloketvā addasa mahindakumāraṃ avidūre ṭhitaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘kiñcāpi ahaṃ imaṃ kumāraṃ tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti oparajje ṭhapetukāmo, atha kho oparajjatopi pabbajjāva uttamā’’ti. Tato kumāraṃ āha – ‘‘sakkhasi tvaṃ, tāta, pabbajitu’’nti? Kumāro pakatiyāpi tissakumārassa pabbajitakālato pabhuti pabbajitukāmova rañño vacanaṃ sutvā ativiya pāmojjajāto hutvā āha – ‘‘pabbajāmi, deva, maṃ pabbājetvā tumhe sāsanadāyādā hothā’’ti.
如是说时,阿育王曾言:「我虽已做出这种舍弃,却未曾得法的所有权。」察觉到法的所有权未得后,他往来观察,见到大臣之子摩诃难陀近在不远处。见之即生此念:「或许我自提萨太子的出家时起便想委以重任,如今虽已出家,当任出家的首领。」于是对太子说:「你能出家吗?」太子忆起提萨太子出家时也怀此心愿,闻王旨甚感欢喜,答言:「我出家吧,诸天,出家后请你们保我法的所有权。」
Tena ca samayena rājadhītā saṅghamittāpi tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhitā hoti. Tassā ca sāmiko aggibrahmā nāma kumāro yuvarājena tissakumārena saddhiṃ pabbajito hoti. Rājā taṃ disvā āha – ‘‘tvampi, amma, pabbajituṃ sakkhasī’’ti? ‘‘Sādhu, tāta, sakkomī’’ti. Rājā puttānaṃ manaṃ labhitvā pahaṭṭhacitto bhikkhusaṅghaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘bhante, ime dārake pabbājetvā maṃ sāsane dāyādaṃ karothā’’ti. Saṅgho rañño vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā kumāraṃ moggaliputtatissattherena upajjhāyena mahādevattherena ca ācariyena pabbājesi. Majjhantikattherena ācariyena upasampādesi. Tadā kira kumāro paripuṇṇavīsativassova hoti. So tasmiṃyeva upasampadasīmamaṇḍale saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Saṅghamittāyapi rājadhītāya ācariyā āyupālittherī nāma, upajjhāyā pana dhammapālittherī nāma ahosi. Tadā saṅghamittā aṭṭhārasavassā hoti. Taṃ pabbajitamattaṃ tasmiṃyeva sīmamaṇḍale sikkhāya patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Ubhinnaṃ pabbajitakāle rājā chabbassābhiseko hoti.
当时,王女僧伽米陀也正立于同处。她的丈夫名为阿耆婆罗,太子正与提萨太子共出家。国王见之言:「你也能出家吗,母后?」答言:「愿意,父王。」国王喜爱子女,欢悦之心生,谓比库团曰:「尊者,请以这几位少男出家,为我保持法的所有权。」比库团皆应允,太子由尊者摩诃利佛提萨与尊者大天授持加被得于出家,由中品比库导师授具足戒。太子当时约二十二岁。彼于此戒仪场中,连同他得戒的众弟子,共修止观,最终得阿拉汉果。僧伽米陀为王女,教师名为寿命护持尊者,导师则名为法护持尊者。时僧伽米陀年十八,初入出家,便在此戒仪场定学。两位出家同日,王于六十岁之时受灌顶礼。
Atha mahindatthero upasampannakālato pabhuti attano upajjhāyasseva santike dhammañca vinayañca pariyāpuṇanto dvepi saṅgītiyo ārūḷhaṃ tipiṭakasaṅgahitaṃ sāṭṭhakathaṃ sabbaṃ theravādaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vassānaṃ abbhantare uggahetvā attano upajjhāyassa antevāsikānaṃ sahassamattānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pāmokkho ahosi. Tadā asoko dhammarājā navavassābhiseko hoti. Rañño pana aṭṭhavassābhisekakāleyeva kontaputtatissatthero byādhipaṭikammatthaṃ bhikkhācāravattena āhiṇḍanto pasatamattaṃ sappiṃ alabhitvā byādhibalena parikkhīṇāyusaṅkhāro bhikkhusaṅghaṃ appamādena ovaditvā ākāse pallaṅkena nisīditvā tejodhātuṃ samāpajjitvā parinibbāyi. Rājā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā therassa sakkāraṃ katvā ‘‘mayi nāma rajjaṃ kārente evaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paccayā dullabhā’’ti nagarassa catūsu dvāresu pokkharaṇiyo kārāpetvā bhesajjassa pūrāpetvā dāpesi.
大尊者摩诃难陀出具足戒后,亲近其导师周全诵持法与律,渐次上升至三部经典与六十年释义,得以深通三藏。临导师住处,教化众多共计千余比库,成为他们的解脱护持。彼时阿育王续受九年灌顶礼。王在八年灌顶之时,尊者贡塔波提萨因病体衰弱,虽奉行比库行为法,无力勤精进,终于空中坐卧,内证光明离欲而般涅槃。王闻之表敬慰曰:「执掌国政者若是如此虔诚比库,岂是易得。」遂在城四门造池,供养药物。
Tena kira samayena pāṭaliputtassa catūsu dvāresu cattāri satasahassāni, sabhāyaṃ satasahassanti divase divase pañcasatasahassāni rañño uppajjanti. Tato rājā nigrodhattherassa devasikaṃ satasahassaṃ visajjesi. Buddhassa cetiye gandhamālādīhi pūjanatthāya satasahassaṃ . Dhammassa satasahassaṃ, taṃ dhammadharānaṃ bahussutānaṃ catupaccayatthāya upanīyati. Saṅghassa satasahassaṃ, catūsu dvāresu bhesajjatthāya satasahassaṃ. Evaṃ sāsane uḷāro lābhasakkāro nibbatti.
当时巴达利城四门各有十万信徒,其众每日日增至五十五万。王乃释放奴隶塔阿古陀尊者一百尊。为供养佛塔以香花庄严者有一百尊。为护持法者亦有一百尊,这些众多具足四种资粮者,护持佛陀正法。为供养比库团在四门各置药房者亦有一百尊。由此,佛法教洽传播,异功殊胜,广被世间。
Titthiyā parihīnalābhasakkārā antamaso ghāsacchādanampi alabhantā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā sāsane pabbajitvā sakāni sakāni diṭṭhigatāni ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo’’ti dīpenti. Pabbajjaṃ alabhamānāpi sayameva muṇḍetvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vihāresu vicarantā uposathampi pavāraṇampi saṅghakammampi gaṇakammampi pavisanti. Bhikkhū tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ na karonti. Tadā moggaliputtatissatthero ‘‘uppannaṃ dāni idaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ, taṃ nacirasseva kakkhaḷaṃ bhavissati. Na kho panetaṃ sakkā imesaṃ majjhe vasantena vūpasametu’’nti mahindattherassa gaṇaṃ nīyyātetvā attanā phāsuvihārena viharitukāmo ahogaṅgapabbataṃ agamāsi. Tepi kho titthiyā bhikkhusaṅghena dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggayhamānāpi dhammavinayānulomāya paṭipattiyā asaṇṭhahantā anekarūpaṃ sāsanassa abbudañca malañca kaṇṭakañca samuṭṭhāpesuṃ. Keci aggiṃ paricaranti, keci pañcātapena tāpenti, keci ādiccaṃ anuparivattanti, keci ‘‘dhammañca vinayañca vobhindissāmā’’ti paggaṇhiṃsu. Tadā bhikkhusaṅgho na tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā akāsi. Asokārāme sattavassāni uposatho upacchijji. Raññopi etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā ekaṃ amaccaṃ āṇāpesi – ‘‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’’ti. Amacco rājānaṃ paṭipucchituṃ avisahanto aññe amacce upasaṅkamitvā āha – ‘‘rājā maṃ ‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pahiṇi. Kathaṃ nu kho adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasammatī’’ti? Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘mayaṃ evaṃ sallakkhema – ‘yathā nāma paccantaṃ vūpasamentā core ghātenti, evameva ye uposathaṃ na karonti, te māretukāmo rājā bhavissatī’’’ti. Atha so amacco vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātetvā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ raññā ‘uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pesito. Karotha dāni, bhante, uposatha’’nti. Bhikkhū ‘‘na mayaṃ titthiyehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ karomā’’ti āhaṃsu. Atha amacco therāsanato paṭṭhāya asinā sīsāni pātetuṃ āraddho.
外道对于法的所有权极其轻慢,甚至不肯施舍草席,仍愿持有所有权。彼等出家后,宴饮无度,自发剃须,披著袈裟,游行于静处,参加斋戒日及戒律议会,然而不与比库共守斋戒。时知见清净的尊者摩诃利佛提萨谓:「此正法事已成灾难,不久将愈加坚固。然此地中生存者缺乏和合,无法安住。」遂弃众而往光明净行山隐居。外道与比库团争斗不已,违背佛法律仪,制造种种法秽,损坏正法。部分持火为祭,部分用五火加热,有者纵火焚烧,有者扬言“我们必毁法与律”。僧团遂拒不与彼等共行斋戒及仪式。阿育王为此颁令,令官员巡视他说:“你应往僧院,安定此法事,使斋戒得以成就。”官员便召集僧团言:“王诏令吾往令斋戒举行。”比库闻言曰:“我们不与外道共守斋戒。”官员坐于尊者席上,欲以头击之。
Addasā kho tissatthero taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ. Tissatthero nāma na yo vā so vā, rañño ekamātiko bhātā tissakumāro nāma, taṃ kira rājā pattābhiseko oparajje ṭhapesi. So ekadivasaṃ vanacāraṃ gato addasa mahantaṃ migasaṅghaṃ cittakīḷāya kīḷantaṃ. Disvānassa etadahosi – ‘‘ime tāva tiṇabhakkhā migā evaṃ kīḷanti, ime pana samaṇā rājakule paṇītāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā mudukāsu seyyāsu sayamānā kiṃ nāma kīḷitaṃ na kīḷissantī’’ti! So tato āgantvā imaṃ attano vitakkaṃ rañño ārocesi. Rājā ‘‘aṭṭhāne kukkuccāyitaṃ kumārena! Handa, naṃ evaṃ saññāpessāmī’’ti ekadivasaṃ kenaci kāraṇena kuddho viya hutvā ‘‘ehi sattadivasena rajjaṃ sampaṭiccha, tato taṃ ghātessāmī’’ti maraṇabhayena tajjetvā tamatthaṃ saññāpesi. So kira kumāro ‘‘sattame maṃ divase māressatī’’ti na cittarūpaṃ nhāyi, na bhuñji, na supi, ativiya lūkhasarīro ahosi. Tato naṃ rājā pucchi – ‘‘kissa tvaṃ evarūpo jāto’’ti? ‘‘Maraṇabhayena, devā’’ti. ‘‘Are, tvaṃ nāma paricchinnamaraṇaṃ sampassamāno vissattho na kīḷasi? Bhikkhū assāsapassāsanibaddhaṃ maraṇaṃ pekkhamānā kathaṃ kīḷissantī’’ti! Tato pabhuti kumāro sāsane pasīdi.
提萨尊者目睹此情形,甚感愤怒。提萨尊者即王室亲戚,提萨太子名叫提萨,是国王即位时被立为继承位的太子。某日隐居山林,见一大群鹿群玩耍嬉戏。心生感触:“这些食草鹿如此嬉戏,而这些出家人在王室中享用丰富饮食,却在软垫上安坐,却未曾如此嬉戏,那该如何能称得是嬉戏呢?”于是归去告知国王。国王言:“你这心怀忧虑太子,我之后七日即就位,于是将令杀之。”太子心念不安,亦不食不眠,形容憔悴。国王问:“你的这般形状为何?”太子答:“因惧怕死亡,诸天。”国王曰:“你当怀念如何断除生死法,乐闻佛法,无怖死。比库呼吸声缠绕死亡,何以嬉戏?”太子闻法,欢悦于佛法中。
So puna ekadivasaṃ migavaṃ nikkhamitvā araññe anuvicaramāno addasa yonakamahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ aññatarena hatthināgena sālasākhaṃ gahetvā bījiyamānaṃ nisinnaṃ. Disvā pāmojjajāto cintesi – ‘‘kadā nu kho ahampi ayaṃ mahāthero viya pabbajeyyaṃ! Siyā nu kho so divaso’’ti. Thero tassāsayaṃ viditvā tassa passantasseva ākāse uppatitvā asokārāme pokkharaṇiyā udakatale ṭhatvā cīvarañca uttarāsaṅgañca ākāse laggetvā nhāyituṃ āraddho.
于是某日,一比库从鹿野苑外出,独自在树林中行走,见到大法护持的长老,手持一枝菩提树枝,坐在那里种子发芽。见此情景,生起欢喜,心中思惟说:“我何时方能如这位长老一般出家呢?这一天什么时候才会到来?”长老察觉其心意,随即在空中现身,下降到无忧园的池中莲花水面,显现身形,披上袈裟,随后披上外衣,于空中沐浴,开始修行。
Kumāro therassānubhāvaṃ disvā ativiya pasanno ‘‘ajjeva pabbajissāmī’’ti nivattitvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘pabbajissāmahaṃ, devā’’ti. Rājā anekappakāraṃ yācitvāpi taṃ nivattetuṃ asakkonto asokārāmagamanīyamaggaṃ alaṅkārāpetvā kumāraṃ chaṇavesaṃ gāhāpetvā alaṅkatāya senāya parivārāpetvā vihāraṃ nesi. ‘‘Yuvarājā kira pabbajissatī’’ti sutvā bahū bhikkhū pattacīvarāni paṭiyādesuṃ. Kumāro padhānagharaṃ gantvā mahādhammarakkhitattherasseva santike pabbaji saddhiṃ purisasatasahassena. Kumārassa pana anupabbajitānaṃ gaṇanaparicchedo natthi. Kumāro rañño catuvassābhisekakāle pabbajito. Athaññopi rañño bhāgineyyo saṅghamittāya sāmiko aggibrahmā nāma kumāro atthi. Saṅghamittā taṃ paṭicca ekameva puttaṃ vijāyi. Sopi ‘‘yuvarājā pabbajito’’ti sutvā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘ahampi, deva, pabbajissāmī’’ti yāci. ‘‘Pabbaja, tātā’’ti ca raññā anuññāto taṃdivasameva pabbaji.
太子见到这位长老,极为欢喜,心想:“就在今天我将出家。”于是回去通告国王说:“我将要出家,天人啊。”国王虽多次请求,但太子决意不改,择取通向无忧园的道路,精心装饰,并穿上细软华服,携带随从军队,前往宅邸。众比库听闻太子将出家,纷纷送赠袈裟。太子走向专用居所,仿佛长老护持大法般,在千人比库面前正式剃度。太子尚未出家者无统计。太子于国王加冕四周年时出家。又有国王的亲族名叫·阿耆婆,比太子同父兄弟,是长老的朋友。阿耆婆只有一子,听闻“太子出家”,便往见国王,“我也想出家,天人啊。”国王准其请求,当日即可剃度。
Evaṃ anupabbajito, uḷāravibhavena khattiyajanena;
如此尚未出家者,皆为高贵的刹帝利家世。
Rañño kaniṭṭhabhātā, tissattheroti viññeyyo.
是国王的最小兄弟,名为提萨长老。
So taṃ amaccaṃ tathā vippaṭipannaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘na rājā there mārāpetuṃ pahiṇeyya; addhā imassevetaṃ amaccassa duggahitaṃ bhavissatī’’ti gantvā sayaṃ tassa āsanne āsane nisīdi. So theraṃ sañjānitvā satthaṃ nipātetuṃ avisahanto gantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘ahaṃ, deva, uposathaṃ kātuṃ anicchantānaṃ ettakānaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ sīsāni pātesiṃ; atha ayyassa tissattherassa paṭipāṭi sampattā, kinti karomī’’ti? Rājā sutvāva – ‘‘are! Kiṃ pana, tvaṃ, mayā bhikkhū ghātetuṃ pesito’’ti tāvadeva sarīre uppannadāho hutvā vihāraṃ gantvā there bhikkhū pucchi – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, amacco mayā anāṇattova evaṃ akāsi, kassa nu kho iminā pāpena bhavitabba’’nti? Ekacce therā, ‘‘ayaṃ tava vacanena akāsi, tuyhetaṃ pāpa’’nti āhaṃsu. Ekacce ‘‘ubhinnampi vo etaṃ pāpa’’nti āhaṃsu. Ekacce evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ pana te, mahārāja, atthi cittaṃ ‘ayaṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū’’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhante, kusalādhippāyo ahaṃ pesesiṃ – ‘samaggo bhikkhusaṅgho uposathaṃ karotū’’’ti. ‘‘Sace tvaṃ kusalādhippāyo, natthi tuyhaṃ pāpaṃ, amaccassevetaṃ pāpa’’nti. Rājā dveḷhakajāto āha – ‘‘atthi nu kho, bhante, koci bhikkhu mametaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ samattho’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, mahārāja, moggaliputtatissatthero nāma, so te imaṃ dveḷhakaṃ chinditvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhituṃ samattho’’ti. Rājā tadaheva cattāro dhammakathike ekekabhikkhusahassaparivāre, cattāro ca amacce ekekapurisasahassaparivāre ‘‘theraṃ gaṇhitvā āgacchathā’’ti pesesi. Te gantvā ‘‘rājā pakkosatī’’ti āhaṃsu. Thero nāgacchi . Dutiyampi kho rājā aṭṭha dhammakathike, aṭṭha ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāreyeva pesesi – ‘‘‘rājā, bhante, pakkosatī’ti vatvā gaṇhitvāva āgacchathā’’ti. Te tatheva āhaṃsu. Dutiyampi thero nāgacchi. Rājā there pucchi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, dvikkhattuṃ pahiṇiṃ; kasmā thero nāgacchatī’’ti? ‘‘‘Rājā pakkosatī’ti vuttattā, mahārāja, nāgacchati. Evaṃ pana vutte āgaccheyya ‘sāsanaṃ, bhante, osīdati, amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ paggahatthāya sahāyakā hothā’’’ti. Atha rājā tathā vatvā soḷasa dhammakathike, soḷasa ca amacce sahassasahassaparivāre pesesi. Bhikkhū ca paṭipucchi – ‘‘mahallako nu kho, bhante, thero daharo nu kho’’ti? ‘‘Mahallako, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Vayhaṃ vā sivikaṃ vā abhiruhissati, bhante’’ti? ‘‘Nābhiruhissati, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Kuhiṃ, bhante, thero vasatī’’ti? ‘‘Upari gaṅgāya, mahārājā’’ti. Rājā āha – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, nāvāsaṅghāṭaṃ bandhitvā tattheva theraṃ nisīdāpetvā dvīsupi tīresu ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya theraṃ ānethā’’ti. Bhikkhū ca amaccā ca therassa santikaṃ gantvā rañño sāsanaṃ ārocesuṃ.
这位少年长老见到国王举止行为如此失礼,心想:“国王不可放任其心下魔境,否则此少年定会生恶。”他到国王座前坐下。知晓此长老来意,国王便问:“我为非愿意主持戒律之事,杀害这些比库的头颅;长老的戒律既成,我该如何是好?”国王刚言语,身上即生烈火,去殿殿入,诸比库诘问:“长老啊,此少年如此对我无礼,谁当对此罪责?”部分长老说:“这是你所说之事,你应承此罪。”部分说:“你们双方各有过。”部分说:“但愿大王,何以念及‘此人来杀诸比库’之心?”长老答曰:“没有,我所遣乃善意,令比库僧团齐心践行戒律。”国王答:“若真是善意,便无过于此少年之罪。”当下国王问道:“是否有比库能断此疑团,持守教法?”答曰:“有,名摩迦利长老者,能斩断疑团,护持教法。”国王即派四位讲法比库各领千人,及四位少年各领千人,“到长老处请他来。”众前往称:“国王请长老速来。”长老前来称“国王迅疾。”随后国王又派八位讲法比库,及八位少年各领千人,“到长老处请他来。”众亦言此。第二次时,长老依旧前来。国王问:“我已两次派人,你为何临时不来?”答曰:“听说‘国王迅疾’故来。若非真诚,便非少年之罪。”国王说:“于是前来讲‘法,诸比库僧团因你护持而兴旺’。”国王遂派十六位说法比库,十六位少年各领千人。比库及少年问:“长老是年幼或老成?”答曰:“年幼,大王。”再问:“能否承受压力?”答曰:“不能,大王。”再问:“长老住处何处?”答曰:“恒河上游,大王。”国王说:“那便系缚舟索,使之坐处,作三日三夜保护,护持长老。”比库与少年皆往长老所处,宣说国王教法。
Thero sutvā ‘‘yaṃ kho ahaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya sāsanaṃ paggaṇhissāmīti pabbajitomhi. Ayaṃ dāni me so kālo anuppatto’’ti cammakhaṇḍaṃ gaṇhitvāva uṭṭhahi. Atha ‘‘thero sve pāṭaliputtaṃ sampāpuṇissatī’’ti rattibhāge rājā supinaṃ addasa. Evarūpo supino ahosi – ‘‘sabbaseto hatthināgo āgantvā rājānaṃ sīsato paṭṭhāya parāmasitvā dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesī’’ti. Punadivase rājā supinajjhāyake pucchi – ‘‘mayā evarūpo supino diṭṭho, kiṃ me bhavissatī’’ti? Eko taṃ, ‘‘mahārāja, samaṇanāgo dakkhiṇahatthe gaṇhissatī’’ti. Atha rājā tāvadeva ‘‘thero āgato’’ti sutvā gaṅgātīraṃ gantvā nadiṃ otaritvā abbhuggacchanto jāṇumatte udake theraṃ sampāpuṇitvā therassa nāvāto otarantassa hatthaṃ adāsi. Thero rājānaṃ dakkhiṇahatthe aggahesi. Taṃ disvā asiggāhā ‘‘therassa sīsaṃ pātessāmā’’ti kosato asiṃ abbāhiṃsu. Kasmā? Etaṃ kira cārittaṃ rājakulesu – ‘‘yo rājānaṃ hatthe gaṇhati tassa asinā sīsaṃ pātetabba’’nti. Rājā chāyaṃyeva disvā āha – ‘‘pubbepi ahaṃ bhikkhūsu viraddhakāraṇā assādaṃ na vindāmi, mā kho there virajjhitthā’’ti. Thero pana kasmā rājānaṃ hatthe aggahesīti? Yasmā raññā pañhaṃ pucchanatthāya pakkosāpito tasmā ‘‘antevāsiko me aya’’nti aggahesi.
长老听闻“我原本决定选根基护持教法而出家,今此时刻未至”,举旗起立。夜晚国王见梦,说:“一头白象手持剑,护持国王首级。”翌日国王向梦僧问:“我见此梦,何所示现?”梦答曰:“大王,圣者手持剑护法。”国王闻言即去河边,涉水赶路,到那处长老船侧,与长老握手。长老为国王护持其首级。见此,臣民拔剑相护:“长老头颅应由护者剑所护。”国王见其情形说:“我往昔未见有损害比库之因,愿长老无灭心。”长老为何护持国王首级?因国王欲询问故,故护持曰“此住士矣”。
Rājā theraṃ attano uyyānaṃ netvā bāhirato tikkhattuṃ parivārāpetvā ārakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā sayameva therassa pāde dhovitvā telena makkhetvā therassa santike nisīditvā ‘‘paṭibalo nu kho thero mama kaṅkhaṃ chinditvā uppannaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitu’’nti vīmaṃsanatthāya ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmo’’ti āha. ‘‘Kataraṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ daṭṭhukāmosi, mahārājā’’ti? ‘‘Pathavīkampanaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sakalapathavīkampanaṃ daṭṭhukāmosi, mahārāja, padesapathavīkampana’’nti? ‘‘Kataraṃ panettha, bhante, dukkara’’nti? ‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, mahārāja, kaṃsapātiyā udakapuṇṇāya sabbaṃ udakaṃ kampetuṃ dukkaraṃ; udāhu upaḍḍha’’nti? ‘‘Upaḍḍhaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, mahārāja, padesapathavīkampanaṃ dukkara’’nti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhante, padesapathavīkampanaṃ passissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, mahārāja, samantato yojane puratthimāya disāya ekena cakkena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ratho tiṭṭhatu; dakkhiṇāya disāya dvīhi pādehi sīmaṃ akkamitvā asso tiṭṭhatu; pacchimāya disāya ekena pādena sīmaṃ akkamitvā puriso tiṭṭhatu; uttarāya disāya upaḍḍhabhāgena sīmaṃ akkamitvā ekā udakapāti tiṭṭhatū’’ti. Rājā tathā kārāpesi. Thero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘rājā passatū’’ti yojanappamāṇapathavīcalanaṃ adhiṭṭhahi. Puratthimāya disāya rathassa antosīmāya ṭhito pādova cali, itaro na cali. Evaṃ dakkhiṇapacchimadisāsu assapurisānaṃ antosīmāya ṭhitapādāyeva caliṃsu, upaḍḍhupaḍḍhaṃ sarīrañca. Uttaradisāya udakapātiyāpi antosīmāya ṭhitaṃ upaḍḍhabhāgagatameva udakaṃ cali, avasesaṃ niccalamahosīti. Rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā ‘‘sakkhati dāni thero sāsanaṃ paggaṇhitu’’nti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā attano kukkuccaṃ pucchi – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, ekaṃ amaccaṃ ‘vihāraṃ gantvā adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasametvā uposathaṃ kārāpehī’ti pahiṇiṃ, so vihāraṃ gantvā ettake bhikkhū jīvitā voropesi, etaṃ pāpaṃ kassa hotī’’ti?
国王牵引着长老往自己园林里去,围起三重围栏,设立守卫,亲自洗净长老的足,涂抹香油,坐在长老身边后说:“长老呀,我怀疑你是否能消除我的顾虑,平息正在发生的事件,并承接正法。”为了探究这个疑问,他说道:“尊敬的长老,我想见一件奇异的事。”长老问:“国王啊,你想见什么奇异的事?”国王答:“地震,尊敬的长老。”“你想见整个地区的地震,还是局部的地震呢,国王?”“这里面哪一种比较难,尊敬的长老?”“什么事情呢,国王?用一只满水的铜盆要使水全部摇动,难吗?就比如溢出来。”“溢出来,尊敬的长老。”“正如是,国王,局部的地震比较难。”“因此,尊敬的长老,我要观看局部的地震。”“国王啊,于周围一里之处,向东一只眼睛划定界限,立马;向南以双脚划定界限,坐牛;向西以一只脚划定界限,立人;向北以侧身划定界限,放一水盆。”国王照此设置。长老入定,获得第四禅定神通,起身说:“国王请看。”他以一里为度观察地面震动。东边车内界线上的脚动了,其他不动;南、西两方牛、人界线上脚动,其他不动;北边水盆里的水动,其他水静止不动。国王看见此奇异事,说:“长老如今确实有能力承接正法。”说完起身,怀疑问自己:“尊敬的长老,我许下诺言说‘前往静室后平息事端,做伍波萨他’,离开后发现许多比库因此丧命,这恶业由谁而起?”
‘‘Kiṃ pana te, mahārāja, atthi cittaṃ ‘ayaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā bhikkhū ghātetū’’’ti? ‘‘Natthi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Sace te, mahārāja, natthi evarūpaṃ cittaṃ, natthi tuyhaṃ pāpa’’nti. Atha thero rājānaṃ etamatthaṃ iminā suttena saññāpesi – ‘‘cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi. Cetayitvā kammaṃ karoti – kāyena vācāya manasā’’ti (a. ni. 6.63).
长老答:“国王啊,你内心是否有想‘这些比库前往此处修行,我要去杀他们’这样的意念?”国王回答:“没有,尊敬的长老。”“如果你没有这种心念,那么你就没有恶业。”于是长老用这个故事向国王阐述此义,称:“比库们,业是由意念为因。我说:意念即是业行;身、口、意三门,皆由意念发起。”
Tamevatthaṃ paridīpetuṃ tittirajātakaṃ (jā. 1.4.75) āhari – ‘‘atīte, mahārāja, dīpakatittiro tāpasaṃ pucchi –
为进一步阐明此义,引出琴鸟本生(一百零四故事集第1.4.75)说:“过去,国王啊,有一只琴鸟向苦行者请教说--
‘Ñātako no nisinnoti, bahu āgacchatī jano;
‘亲属们不愿在这里坐,许多百姓来往穿梭;
Paṭicca kammaṃ phusati, tasmiṃ me saṅkate mano’ti.
为此,我心生疑惑,怀疑此处因业感应所致。’
Tāpaso āha – ‘atthi pana te cittaṃ mama saddena ca rūpadassanena ca āgantvā ete pakkhino bajjhantu vā haññantu vā’ti? ‘Natthi, bhante’ti tittiro āha. Tato naṃ tāpaso saññāpesi – ‘sace te natthi cittaṃ, natthi pāpaṃ; cetayantameva hi pāpaṃ phusati, nācetayantaṃ.
苦行者说:‘你内心是否带有恶意,伴随声音和形象而来,欲令众生惊怖或杀戮?’琴鸟答:“没有,尊敬的苦行者。”苦行者遂说:“如果你内心没有恶念,也没有罪业;只有起心动念就会产生恶业,而非未动念时产生。”
‘Na paṭicca kammaṃ phusati, mano ce nappadussati;
『未由业缘而感触,若心未生烦恼,』
Appossukkassa bhadrassa, na pāpamupalimpatī’’’ti.
『于安乐清净之境,不染恶业污秽。』
Evaṃ thero rājānaṃ saññāpetvā tattheva rājuyyāne satta divasāni vasanto rājānaṃ samayaṃ uggaṇhāpesi. Rājā sattame divase asokārāme bhikkhusaṅghaṃ sannipātāpetvā sāṇipākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā sāṇipākārantare nisinno ekaladdhike ekaladdhike bhikkhū ekato ekato kārāpetvā ekamekaṃ bhikkhusamūhaṃ pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘kiṃvādī sammāsambuddho’’ti? Tatosassatavādino ‘‘sassatavādī’’ti āhaṃsu. Ekaccasassatikā…pe… antānantikā… amarāvikkhepikā… adhiccasamuppannikā… saññīvādā… asaññīvādā… nevasaññīnāsaññīvādā … ucchedavādā… diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādā ‘‘diṭṭhadhammanibbānavādī’’ti āhaṃsu. Rājā paṭhamameva samayassa uggahitattā ‘‘nayime bhikkhū, aññatitthiyā ime’’ti ñatvā tesaṃ setakāni vatthāni datvā uppabbājesi. Te sabbepi saṭṭhisahassā ahesuṃ.
如此,长老在王前陈说此法,随即于王苑中住七日,届满后便离开王前。第七日,王在无忧园召集比库僧团,安置座席,在座席中分次令比库们各自分处一方,分别将各比库团体召集起来,问道:「所谓正觉者为何义?」有说常有论者回答曰:「我等是常有论者。」有人言:「消灭论者。」又有人云:「无生论者。」还有说:「超越生起论者。」有人言「有分别论者」,亦有人云「无分别论者」,又有说「既非有分别亦非无分别论者」,还有言「断灭论者」,另一说「见法灭尽论者」。王于首次集会结束后,知这些比库均为异见者,便赐予其草席及衣物,劝请出家。总计他们达到六万三千余人。
Athaññe bhikkhū pakkosāpetvā pucchi – ‘‘kiṃvādī, bhante, sammāsambuddho’’ti? ‘‘Vibhajjavādī, mahārājā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘vibhajjavādī, bhante, sammāsambuddho’’ti? ‘‘Āma, mahārājā’’ti. Tato rājā ‘‘suddhaṃ dāni, bhante, sāsanaṃ; karotu bhikkhusaṅgho uposatha’’nti ārakkhaṃ datvā nagaraṃ pāvisi.
后王召集另一批比库,问道:「尊者,正觉者又为何义?」对曰:「分别论者,大王。」王复问该长老:「尊者,正觉者即是分别论者乎?」答曰:「正是,大王。」于是王欣然喜悦,说:「尊者,戒律净洁,令比库僧团实行伍波萨他戒。」后入城。
Samaggo saṅgho sannipatitvā uposathaṃ akāsi. Tasmiṃ sannipāte saṭṭhi bhikkhusatasahassāni ahesuṃ. Tasmiṃ samāgame moggaliputtatissatthero parappavādaṃ maddamāno kathāvatthuppakaraṇaṃ abhāsi. Tato saṭṭhisatasahassasaṅkhyesu bhikkhūsu uccinitvā tipiṭakapariyattidharānaṃ pabhinnapaṭisambhidānaṃ tevijjādibhedānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ sahassamekaṃ gahetvā yathā mahākassapatthero ca kākaṇḍakaputto yasatthero ca dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyiṃsu; evameva dhammañca vinayañca saṅgāyanto sabbaṃ sāsanamalaṃ visodhetvā tatiyasaṅgītiṃ akāsi. Saṅgītipariyosāne anekappakāraṃ pathavī akampittha. Ayaṃ saṅgīti navahi māsehi niṭṭhitā. Yā loke –
僧团齐聚,持守伍波萨他戒,人数共达六十万余比库。在这次集会中,长老摩诃利菩多(莫伽罗菩多)宣说教理论法事业。继而从六十万众比库中选出一千名具备三藏精通、深入解义、通晓三明(戒、定、慧)诸类之比库,各如长老摩呵咖萨巴及长老枷迦那等,护持并结集教法戒律。如此护持结集,清净一切教法弊垢,完成第三次结集。结集完成时天地不动摇。此次结集历时九个月。这也是世间所称——
Katā bhikkhusahassena, tasmā sahassikāti ca;
由众比库结集而成,故名为结集教法。
Purimā dve upādāya, tatiyāti ca vuccatīti.
过去有两个取境,第三级亦称如此。
Ayaṃ tatiyasaṅgīti.
此谓第三级集聚。
Ettāvatā ca ‘‘kenābhata’’nti etassa pañhassa vissajjanatthaṃ yaṃ avocumha – ‘‘jambudīpe tāva upālittheramādiṃ katvā ācariyaparamparāya yāva tatiyasaṅgīti tāva ābhataṃ. Tatrāyaṃ ācariyaparamparā –
关于“以何因缘”为解答此问题而说,我们曾言——在珍布提大陆,至今从尊者乌巴利等初期祖师开始,经由师承传递至第三级集聚之时,均称此为因缘。此处的师承传递曰——
‘‘Upāli dāsako ceva, soṇako siggavo tathā;
『乌巴利亦为奴仆,索那亦为贪着者,』
Tisso moggaliputto ca, pañcete vijitāvino.
『第三者为摩嘎利子,五人皆已胜解脱。』
‘‘Paramparāya vinayaṃ, dīpe jambusirivhaye;
『依师承传承律藏,在珍布提圣地普遍宣扬;』
Acchijjamānamānesuṃ, tatiyo yāva saṅgaho’’ti.
『在废弃之人中,第三是集合』。
Tassattho pakāsitova hoti.
因此这里犹如明示一般。
Tatiyasaṅgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ mahindādīhi ābhataṃ. Mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ. Tato yāvajjatanā tesaṃyeva antevāsikaparamparabhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhatanti veditabbaṃ. Yathāhu porāṇā –
第三集合后,随即出现由大印多等人传承此岛的佛教法统。大印多复兴这法统后,在某段时间由阿利寺长老等人继承。由此至今应当认识到此传承乃是终极在家法师传承的宗派传承。正如古时所云:
‘‘Tato mahindo iṭṭiyo, uttiyo sambalo tathā;
『当时大印多为首,地位卓越显赫;』
Bhaddanāmo ca paṇḍito.
『亦有贤明之巴达那摩。』
‘‘Ete nāgā mahāpaññā, jambudīpā idhāgatā;
『这些是大智慧的龙族,集聚于此南方珍宝之岛;』
Vinayaṃ te vācayiṃsu, piṭakaṃ tambapaṇṇiyā.
他们用铜片书写律藏。
‘‘Nikāye pañca vācesuṃ, satta ceva pakaraṇe;
「部类为五,文类共七;
Tato ariṭṭho medhāvī, tissadatto ca paṇḍito.
其后是精明的人,第六是聪慧者。
‘‘Visārado kāḷasumano, thero ca dīghanāmako;
有通达的黑心,长老名为长名;
Dīghasumano ca paṇḍito.
还有长名聪慧者。
‘‘Punadeva kāḷasumano, nāgatthero ca buddharakkhito;
再有黑心者,名为那伽长老,是护法者;
Tissatthero ca medhāvī, devatthero ca paṇḍito.
第三长老也是聪慧者,天长老也是智慧出众者。
‘‘Punadeva sumano medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado;
又如善心生聪慧者,在律藏方面也通达精熟;
Bahussuto cūḷanāgo, gajova duppadhaṃsiyo.
通闻广博的朱罗那迦,如大象般难以克服;
‘‘Dhammapālitanāmo ca, rohaṇe sādhupūjito;
还有护法者罗诃那,受人崇敬礼赞;
Tassa sisso mahāpañño, khemanāmo tipeṭako.
他的弟子是大慧者,名为安全者,是《三藏》守护者;
‘‘Dīpe tārakarājāva, paññāya atirocatha;
在岛中如明星王,智慧光芒超越他人;
Upatisso ca medhāvī, phussadevo mahākathī.
乌帕提苏具聪明资质,弗萨德婆乃大妙语者。
‘‘Punadeva sumano medhāvī, pupphanāmo bahussuto;
“圣天恒具聪明,名为蘇摩那,博学多闻;
Mahākathī mahāsivo, piṭake sabbattha kovido.
大妙语者、大自由者,通晓藏经无所不知。”
‘‘Punadeva upāli medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado;
“又是聪明的乌巴利,精通律藏;
Mahānāgo mahāpañño, saddhammavaṃsakovido.
伟大的那伽,智慧广大,善知正法传承。”
‘‘Punadeva abhayo medhāvī, piṭake sabbattha kovido;
“又是聪明的阿婆罗,通晓藏经无所不知;
Tissatthero ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado.
长老提萨头智慧过人,律藏也十分精通。
‘‘Tassa sisso mahāpañño, pupphanāmo bahussuto;
「其弟子乃大智慧者,名为普篸那,学问博广;
Sāsanaṃ anurakkhanto, jambudīpe patiṭṭhito.
护持佛法,立于珍宝之岛──南瞻部洲。
‘‘Cūḷābhayo ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado;
小长老阿畔罗也智慧过人,律藏十分熟悉;
Tissatthero ca medhāvī, saddhammavaṃsakovido.
长老提萨同样智慧卓越,通晓正法世系。
‘‘Cūḷadevo ca medhāvī, vinaye ca visārado;
小长老帖婆也智慧过人,律藏熟悉周详;
Sivatthero ca medhāvī, vinaye sabbattha kovido.
昔日西瓦长老聪慧过人,精通律藏无所不知。
‘‘Ete nāgā mahāpaññā, vinayaññū maggakovidā;
他曾言:这些龙众大智者,通晓律藏且精通道法;
Vinayaṃ dīpe pakāsesuṃ, piṭakaṃ tambapaṇṇiyā’’ti.
他们如明灯照耀律藏,守护并传承这锡兰岛上三藏经典。
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – moggaliputtatissatthero kira imaṃ tatiyadhammasaṅgītiṃ katvā evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘kattha nu kho anāgate sāsanaṃ suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhaveyyā’’ti? Athassa upaparikkhato etadahosi – ‘‘paccantimesu kho janapadesu suppatiṭṭhitaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. So tesaṃ tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhāraṃ katvā te te bhikkhū tattha tattha pesesi. Majjhantikattheraṃ kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhaṃ pesesi – ‘‘tvaṃ etaṃ raṭṭhaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī’’ti. Mahādevattheraṃ tatheva vatvā mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ pesesi. Rakkhitattheraṃ vanavāsiṃ. Yonakadhammarakkhitattheraṃ aparantakaṃ. Mahādhammarakkhitattheraṃ mahāraṭṭhaṃ. Mahārakkhitattheraṃ yonakalokaṃ. Majjhimattheraṃ himavantadesabhāgaṃ. Soṇattherañca uttarattherañca suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ. Attano saddhivihārikaṃ mahindattheraṃ iṭṭiyattherena uttiyattherena sambalattherena bhaddasālattherena ca saddhiṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesesi – ‘‘tumhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā ettha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpethā’’ti. Sabbepi taṃ taṃ disābhāgaṃ gacchantā attapañcamā agamaṃsu ‘‘paccantimesu janapadesu pañcavaggo gaṇo alaṃ upasampadakammāyā’’ti maññamānā.
此时,摩诃利菩萨长老依前奏起清单,深思:未来教法将安立于何处?他经过深刻思虑,判断必定发生于西边诸邦。他指挥众比库分担重任,派遣各自负担,分别前往诸处。派往大月那国的中部长老,他称:“你到此国建立教法。”派往狮子之国的大神长老同样如是。护卫长老住于林中;尤那迦法护卫长老去往边境;大法护卫长老前往大国;大护卫长老普施尤那迦界;中部长老前往喜马拉雅南境;索那与乌特拉二位长老入金地。自己的虔信护持诸长老及西北、东北长老,携手护送锡兰岛,并嘱咐说:“你们前往锡兰岛,建立正法。”诸比库循着各自方向,走遍五处,将五组传授依次带入西方诸国,准备达至上座出家受具足戒。
Tena kho pana samayena kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhe sassapākasamaye aravāḷo nāma nāgarājā karakavassaṃ nāma vassāpetvā sassaṃ harāpetvā mahāsamuddaṃ pāpeti. Majjhantikatthero pana pāṭaliputtato vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā himavati aravāḷadahassa upari otaritvā aravāḷadahapiṭṭhiyaṃ caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappeti. Nāgamāṇavakā taṃ disvā aravāḷassa nāgarājassa ārocesuṃ – ‘‘mahārāja, eko chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍu kāsāvavasano amhākaṃ udakaṃ dūsetī’’ti. Nāgarājā tāvadeva kodhābhibhūto nikkhamitvā theraṃ disvā makkhaṃ asahamāno antalikkhe anekāni bhiṃsanakāni nimmini. Tato tato bhusā vātā vāyanti, rukkhā chijjanti, pabbatakūṭāni patanti, meghā gajjanti, vijjulatā niccharanti, asaniyo phalanti, bhinnaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ udakaṃ paggharati. Bhayānakarūpā nāgakumārā sannipatanti. Sayampi dhūmāyati, pajjalati, paharaṇavuṭṭhiyo vissajjeti. ‘‘Ko ayaṃ muṇḍako chinnabhinnapaṭadharo’’tiādīhi pharusavacanehi theraṃ santajjesi. ‘‘Etha gaṇhatha hanatha niddhamatha imaṃ samaṇa’’nti nāgabalaṃ āṇāpesi. Thero sabbaṃ taṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ attano iddhibalena paṭibāhitvā nāgarājānaṃ āha –
当时,中部长老在大月那国撒萨巴迦城的雨季期间,名为阿拉瓦罗的龙王带来阵雨,掠夺河水,施行惊涛骇浪。中部长老从巴塔利布多出发,越过喜马拉雅山,登上阿拉瓦罗山顶,围绕山顶行走、停坐、卧卧。诸龙人见状,向龙王报告:“大王,有位斩发出家者,披着袈裟,玷污了我们的水源。”龙王大怒,立即现形,望见长老,激愤难忍。在天空中变幻出现各种恐怖现象:吹起狂风,树木折断,山峰塌落,雷鸣电闪,闪现雷光,雷霆炸响,仿佛天穹破裂,水波翻腾。恐怖的龙子云集四周,烟尘弥漫,火光焚烧,雷击交错,响声震动天地。以粗恶语辱骂长老:“此剃除头发,破衣破料,玷污我们的净水者是谁?”龙众齐呼:“速拿下他,杀尽灭绝此沙门!”长老承受这一切凶险,运用神通力抗衡,回言龙王:
‘‘Sadevakopi ce loko, āgantvā tāsayeyya maṃ;
“即便天神临世欲娑婆打击我,
Na me paṭibalo assa, janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ.
“我无力生出恐怖惊惧。”
‘‘Sacepi tvaṃ mahiṃ sabbaṃ, sasamuddaṃ sapabbataṃ;
“即便你掘穿整个大地、连同所有大海和群山;
Ukkhipitvā mahānāga, khipeyyāsi mamūpari.
若你能腾跃如大龙般,亦必从我身上将你消灭。”
‘‘Neva me sakkuṇeyyāsi, janetuṃ bhayabheravaṃ;
“哪怕你不能生出恐怖惊惧,
Aññadatthu tavevassa, vighāto uragādhipā’’ti.
别处唯有你这般,唯有你那样,正是蛇王的破坏。”
Evaṃ vutte nāgarājā vihatānubhāvo nipphalavāyāmo dukkhī dummano ahosi. Taṃ thero taṅkhaṇānurūpāya dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu ca sīlesu patiṭṭhāpesi saddhiṃ caturāsītiyā nāgasahassehi. Aññepi bahū himavantavāsino yakkhā ca gandhabbā ca kumbhaṇḍā ca therassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Pañcakopi yakkho saddhiṃ bhariyāya yakkhiniyā pañcahi ca puttasatehi paṭhame phale patiṭṭhito. Athāyasmā majjhantikatthero sabbepi nāgayakkharakkhase āmantetvā evamāha –
如是说罢,龙王因空有所感而徒劳无功、愤懑忧苦。那长老根据当时的条件,用佛法之语学习教化,劝导开示,激励引发欢喜,令其欢悦,遂在三皈依与五戒中扎根稳固,与四万八千龙族共同坚守。其他居住喜马拉雅一带的夜叉、乾闼婆、鬼魅等众,听闻长老的佛法教诲后,也在皈依与戒律中坚立。五位夜叉及其妻子、五百子众皆首先证得初果。接着,中间位长老召集所有龙族夜叉守护者,向之致敬并说道——
‘‘Mā dāni kodhaṃ janayittha, ito uddhaṃ yathā pure;
『勿生瞋恚』者,规定现时不应生恚,从今向后,如过去一般;
Sassaghātañca mā kattha, sukhakāmā hi pāṇino;
『毋行刺杀』者,意谓人众愿求安乐,故不可行刺杀;
Karotha mettaṃ sattesu, vasantu manujā sukha’’nti.
『行慈于众生,使众生安乐』者也。
Te sabbepi ‘‘sādhu bhante’’ti therassa paṭissuṇitvā yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjiṃsu. Taṃdivasameva ca nāgarājassa pūjāsamayo hoti. Atha nāgarājā attano ratanamayaṃ pallaṅkaṃ āharāpetvā therassa paññapesi. Nisīdi thero pallaṅke. Nāgarājāpi theraṃ bījayamāno samīpe aṭṭhāsi. Tasmiṃ khaṇe kasmīragandhāraraṭṭhavāsino āgantvā theraṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ nāgarājatopi thero mahiddhikataro’’ti therameva vanditvā nisinnā. Thero tesaṃ āsīvisopamasuttaṃ kathesi . Suttapariyosāne asītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi, kulasatasahassaṃ pabbaji. Tato pabhuti ca kasmīragandhārā yāvajjatanā kāsāvapajjotā isivātapaṭivātā eva.
诸人悉皆敬言:『善哉,尊者』,听闻长老此语,依教奉行。至此日,亦为龙王供养之时。后龙王将其宝床引至,供奉尊者。长老安坐宝床上。龙王亦立于尊者附近。此时,居于迦湿弦旃陀国者,见尊者曰:『我等龙王中,此尊者尤为伟大』,于是及众礼拜后而坐。尊者为彼说《恶赞比喻经》。经文讲说完毕,是时有八万余人入道授戒,百族千人出家。自此,迦湿弦旃陀国人民常着袈裟,披戴僧帽,独守戒律。
Gantvā kasmīragandhāraṃ, isi majjhantiko tadā;
往至迦湿弦旃陀,乃为修习僧侣之中央处所;
Duṭṭhaṃ nāgaṃ pasādetvā, mocesi bandhanā bahūti.
于此恶龙苦惩,解其众缚。
Mahādevattheropi mahiṃsakamaṇḍalaṃ gantvā devadūtasuttaṃ kathesi. Suttapariyosāne cattālīsa pāṇasahassāni dhammacakkhuṃ paṭilabhiṃsu, cattālīsaṃyeva pāṇasahassāni pabbajiṃsu.
那位大天长老也前往摩唎舍国,讲述天使经。经文结束时,有四万一千人获得法眼,四万一千人出家。
Gantvāna raṭṭhaṃ mahiṃsaṃ, mahādevo mahiddhiko;
大天王前往摩唎舍国,这位伟力广大者;
Codetvā devadūtehi, mocesi bandhanā bahūti.
他召唤天使们,释放了许多束缚。
Rakkhitatthero pana vanavāsiṃ gantvā ākāse ṭhatvā anamataggapariyāyakathāya vanavāsike pasādesi. Kathāpariyosāne panassa saṭṭhisahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Sattatisahassamattā pabbajiṃsu, pañcavihārasatāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
那护持长老前往森林居住地,立于空中,以无上遍周法教化森林居士。教化结束后,他有六万众与法相应,有七万众出家,建立了五百处精舍。如此,他在此确立了教法。
Gantvāna rakkhitatthero, vanavāsiṃ mahiddhiko;
护持长老前往森林居住地,这位伟力广大者;
Antalikkhe ṭhito tattha, desesi anamataggiyanti.
立于空中那里,宣说无上正法。
Yonakadhammarakkhitattheropi aparantakaṃ gantvā aggikkhandhopamasuttantakathāya aparantake pasādetvā sattati pāṇasahassāni dhammāmataṃ pāyesi. Khattiyakulato eva purisasahassāni pabbajiṃsu, samadhikāni ca cha itthisahassāni. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
属西边法护长老,前行至无碍地,便在无碍地宣说火聚如喻经本,教化安居,于是度化七万众生能得法味。属刹帝利族之人有一万众出家,女众六千同修出家。如此,他在那里建立了教法。
Aparantaṃ vigāhitvā, yonako dhammarakkhito;
略去西方,属西边法护者,
Aggikkhandhopamenettha, pasādesi jane bahūti.
如火聚喻,于此广宣教化众多人民。
Mahādhammarakkhitatthero pana mahāraṭṭhaṃ gantvā mahānāradakassapajātakakathāya mahāraṭṭhake pasādetvā caturāsīti pāṇasahassāni maggaphalesu patiṭṭhāpesi. Terasasahassāni pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
属大法护长老,前往大国,在大国宣说大那洛迦咖萨本生故事,教化安居四万八千人获得道果,三万人出家。如是,他在那里建立教法。
Mahāraṭṭhaṃ isi gantvā, so mahādhammarakkhito;
前往大国,其即大法护者,
Jātakaṃ kathayitvāna, pasādesi mahājananti.
说本生故事,教化广大民众。
Mahārakkhitattheropi yonakaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā kāḷakārāmasuttantakathāya yonakalokaṃ pasādetvā sattatisahassādhikassa pāṇasatasahassassa maggaphalālaṅkāraṃ adāsi. Santike cassa dasasahassāni pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ sopi tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
长老摩诃洛迦带着护卫前往优那国,讲说黑林园经典,令优那世界感悦,赐予七千多万、上百千万的正道果位作为供养。在他附近,有一万人出家修道。如此,他们在那里也建立了教法。
Yonaraṭṭhaṃ tadā gantvā, so mahārakkhito isi;
当时他前往优那国,他是护国长老;
Kāḷakārāmasuttena te pasādesi yonaketi.
他因讲说黑林园经文而令优那国人民感悦。
Majjhimatthero pana kassapagottattherena aḷakadevattherena dundubhissarattherena mahādevattherena ca saddhiṃ himavantadesabhāgaṃ gantvā dhammacakkappavattanasuttantakathāya taṃ desaṃ pasādetvā asītipāṇakoṭiyo maggaphalaratanāni paṭilābhesi. Pañcapi ca therā pañca raṭṭhāni pasādesuṃ. Ekamekassa santike satasahassamattā pabbajiṃsu. Evaṃ te tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
中部长老由加萨长老、阿拉迦长老、敦督比舍长老、大天长老等同行,巡游喜马拉雅山地区,讲解转法轮经典,令该地感悦,获得八千万种正道果宝。他们五位长老各自在五个国家弘法,各自所在处有约十万比库出家。因此他们在那里建立了教法。
Gantvāna majjhimatthero, himavantaṃ pasādayi;
中部长老巡游后令喜马拉雅山感悦,
Yakkhasenaṃ pakāsento, dhammacakkapavattananti.
表明是由天魔宣说转法轮经。
Soṇattheropi saddhiṃ uttarattherena suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ agamāsi. Tena ca samayena tattha ekā rakkhasī samuddato nikkhamitvā rājakule jāte jāte dārake khādati. Taṃdivasameva ca rājakule eko dārako jāto hoti. Manussā theraṃ disvā ‘‘rakkhasānaṃ sahāyako eso’’ti maññamānā āvudhāni gahetvā theraṃ paharitukāmā āgacchanti. Thero ‘‘kiṃ tumhe āvudhahatthā āgacchathā’’ti āha. Te āhaṃsu – ‘‘rājakule jāte jāte dārake rakkhasā khādanti, tesaṃ tumhe sahāyakā’’ti. Thero ‘‘na mayaṃ rakkhasānaṃ sahāyakā, samaṇā nāma mayaṃ viratā pāṇātipātā…pe… viratā majjapānā ekabhattikā sīlavanto kalyāṇadhammā’’ti āha. Tasmiṃyeva ca khaṇe sā rakkhasī saparivārā samuddato nikkhami ‘‘rājakule dārako jāto taṃ khādissāmī’’ti. Manussā taṃ disvā ‘‘esā, bhante, rakkhasī āgacchatī’’ti bhītā viraviṃsu. Thero rakkhasehi diguṇe attabhāve nimminitvā tehi attabhāvehi taṃ rakkhasiṃ saparisaṃ majjhe katvā ubhosu passesu parikkhipi . Tassā saparisāya etadahosi – ‘‘addhā imehi idaṃ ṭhānaṃ laddhaṃ bhavissati. Mayaṃ pana imesaṃ bhakkhā bhavissāmā’’ti. Sabbe rakkhasā bhītā vegasā palāyiṃsu. Theropi te yāva adassanaṃ tāva palāpetvā dīpassa samantato rakkhaṃ ṭhapesi. Tasmiñca samaye sannipatitaṃ mahājanakāyaṃ brahmajālasuttantakathāya pasādetvā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpesi. Saṭṭhisahassānaṃ panettha dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Kuladārakānaṃ aḍḍhuḍḍhāni sahassāni pabbajiṃsu, kuladhītānaṃ diyaḍḍhasahassaṃ. Evaṃ so tattha sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Tato pabhuti rājakule jātadārakānaṃ soṇuttaranāmameva karonti.
尊者索那与北方长老一同前往净金地。在那时有一夜叉从海中出来,生于王族中,专吞吃孩童。同一天,王族中有一孩童出生。人们见到尊者,以为他是夜叉的同伙,便携带兵器欲来伤害尊者。尊者问:“你们为何带兵器而来?”他们回答:“因王族孩童被夜叉吞食,我们以为你是同伙。”尊者言:“我们非夜叉同伙,乃是出家比库,已戒杀生……戒饮酒,持一食器,具足戒德、善法。”恰在此时,夜叉携同族群从海中出来,宣称:“王族有孩童将被我食。”众人见而怖惧,逃散。尊者化身为两倍于夜叉的威力,与夜叉及其族群在中间相对峙,并驱散诸夜叉。族群中夜叉遂语:“这一带乃我等所获之地,我们当成为其食。”诸夜叉皆怕恐,急忙逃入海中。尊者亦护卫四方至目睹众夜叉逃去。此时尊者聚集大众,宣讲《梵网经》及戒律,确立皈依与戒法。此地皈依聚集约六万,族中孩童约一千五百出家,族中女众约三千四百。如此,尊者在此建立教法。后来,在王族所生孩童中,有人称之为索那北方。
Suvaṇṇabhūmiṃ gantvāna, soṇuttarā mahiddhikā;
索那北方尊者前往净金地后,财富丰盛显赫;
Pisāce niddhametvāna, brahmajālaṃ adesisunti.
驱散鬼魅,宣讲《梵网经》。
Mahindatthero pana ‘‘tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantvā sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpehī’’ti upajjhāyena ca bhikkhusaṅghena ca ajjhiṭṭho cintesi – ‘‘kālo nu kho me tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gantuṃ no’’ti. Athassa vīmaṃsato ‘‘na tāva kālo’’ti ahosi. Kiṃ panassa disvā etadahosi? Muṭasivarañño mahallakabhāvaṃ. Tato cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ rājā mahallako, na sakkā imaṃ gaṇhitvā sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. Idāni panassa putto devānaṃpiyatisso rajjaṃ kāressati. Taṃ gaṇhitvā sakkā bhavissati sāsanaṃ paggahetuṃ. Handa yāva so samayo āgacchati, tāva ñātake olokema. Puna dāni mayaṃ imaṃ janapadaṃ āgaccheyyāma vā na vā’’ti. So evaṃ cintetvā upajjhāyañca bhikkhusaṅghañca vanditvā asokārāmato nikkhamma tehi iṭṭiyādīhi catūhi therehi saṅghamittāya puttena sumanasāmaṇerena bhaṇḍukena ca upāsakena saddhiṃ rājagahanagaraparivattakena dakkhiṇāgirijanapade cārikaṃ caramāno ñātake olokento cha māse atikkāmesi. Athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ vedisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto. Asoko kira kumārakāle janapadaṃ labhitvā ujjeniṃ gacchanto vedisanagaraṃ patvā vedisaseṭṭhissa dhītaraṃ aggahesi. Sā taṃdivasameva gabbhaṃ gaṇhitvā ujjeniyaṃ mahindakumāraṃ vijāyi. Kumārassa cuddasavassakāle rājā abhisekaṃ pāpuṇi. Sā tassa mātā tena samayena ñātighare vasati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘athānupubbena mātu nivesanaṭṭhānaṃ veṭisanagaraṃ nāma sampatto’’ti.
摩兴长老心想:“应当前往铜叶岛建立教法。”又思量法师及僧团,忧虑:“时机是否成熟,可以去铜叶岛吗?”观察形势,见到一位年轻王子,想:“此王年少,不堪大任,不能护持教法。现在他的儿子将会治理王国,待那时才可护持教法。待其成年时期,我等可视情将这地区收为教化之地。现在是否先前往,待思量。”他如是思忖,礼敬导师及僧团,离开无忧园,同行四位长老、僧侣、儿子索那、沙玛内拉苏玛那及居士伴行,绕行王舍城及南方山区,考察亲属历时六个月。随后先达玛娘家安尼维萨纳村到达维迪萨那城。无忧园时,儿子掌管净金地,前往维迪萨那嫁给维迪萨那大氏女儿。正当天,有婴儿孕育,男孩出生为摩兴皇子。王子十三岁时,国王加冕。婢母当时住在亲属家中。据传说:“随后娘家的安尼维萨纳村到了维迪萨那城。”
Sampattañca pana theraṃ disvā theramātā devī pādesu sirasā vanditvā bhikkhaṃ datvā theraṃ attanā kataṃ vedisagirimahāvihāraṃ nāma āropesi. Thero tasmiṃ vihāre nisinno cintesi – ‘‘amhākaṃ idha kattabbakiccaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ, samayo nu kho idāni laṅkādīpaṃ gantu’’nti. Tato cintesi – ‘‘anubhavatu tāva me pitarā pesitaṃ abhisekaṃ devānaṃpiyatisso, ratanattayaguṇañca suṇātu, chaṇatthañca nagarato nikkhamitvā missakapabbataṃ abhiruhatu, tadā taṃ tattha dakkhissāmā’’ti. Athāparaṃ ekamāsaṃ tattheva vāsaṃ kappesi. Māsātikkamena ca jeṭṭhamūlamāsapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase sannipatitā sabbepi – ‘‘kālo nu kho amhākaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gamanāya, udāhu no’’ti mantayiṃsu. Tenāhu porāṇā –
尊者来到维迪萨那后,长老母亲双手合十顶礼,供养尊者,并亲自兴建名为维迪萨那摩诃寺的佛寺。尊者坐于寺中思惟:“我们的任务已完成。如今是否是时候前往铜叶岛?”又思忖:“父亲派我前往,去听闻天子德行与三宝稀有瑰宝。完成听法后,离开城市登上密塞山,届时必见真相。”后来在此住满一月。满月那天,僧众聚会,商议是否可以启程去铜叶岛,众人同意;长老母亲亦如此赞同。
‘‘Mahindo nāma nāmena, saṅghatthero tadā ahu;
「名为马欣达,彼时为僧团长老;」
Iṭṭiyo uttiyo thero, bhaddasālo ca sambalo.
优越的长老们,善观众与护持者。
‘‘Sāmaṇero ca sumano, chaḷabhiñño mahiddhiko;
沙玛内拉苏曼诺,通六通大有神力;
Bhaṇḍuko sattamo tesaṃ, diṭṭhasacco upāsako;
他们中第七者是梵行者,为人师表的护法;
Iti hete mahānāgā, mantayiṃsu rahogatā’’ti.
于是伟大的龙众,隐密地商议说:“
Tadā sakko devānamindo mahindattheraṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘kālaṅkato, bhante, muṭasivarājā; idāni devānaṃpiyatissamahārājā rajjaṃ kāreti. Sammāsambuddhena ca tumhe byākatā – ‘anāgate mahindo nāma bhikkhu tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pasādessatī’ti. Tasmātiha vo, bhante, kālo dīpavaraṃ gamanāya; ahampi vo sahāyo bhavissāmī’’ti. Kasmā pana sakko evamāha? Bhagavā kirassa bodhimūleyeva buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ voloketvā anāgate imassa dīpassa sampattiṃ disvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘tadā tvampi sahāyo bhaveyyāsī’’ti ca āṇāpesi. Tasmā evamāha. Thero tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā attasattamo veṭisakapabbatā vehāsaṃ uppatitvā anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāya missakapabbate patiṭṭhahi. Yaṃ panetarahi ‘‘cetiyapabbato’’tipi sañjānanti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
那时天帝萨咖亲近大长老摩诃因陀,告曰:“尊者,污秽的白象王已逝,现今众天喜王主持国政。正觉者曾向汝等宣说:‘未来有名为因陀的比库将建造铜岛之净寺。’因故,尊者,此时正是你们前往此岛的良机,我也将成为你们的助伴。” 为何天帝如此言?世尊在其觉悟之地用佛眼遍观世间,预见此岛未来的成就,遂示现此义:“届时我亦将成为你们的助伴。” 于是,长老们依言而行,最年长者自卫生山起风,止于阿难那都城东部的蜜萨加山,即今称为“灵山”。古时云:
‘‘Veṭisagirimhi rājagahe, vasitvā tiṃsarattiyo;
“在卫生山王舍城中,居于三十载……”
Kālova gamanassāti, gacchāma dīpamuttamaṃ.
时至同去,吾等往至岛屿之巅。
‘‘Paḷīnā jambudīpā te, haṃsarājāva ambare;
『此处即昔日称为宝岛者,与荆棘之陆对照,自称恒河岛,天鹅王居于其空。』
Evamuppatitā therā, nipatiṃsu naguttame.
如此庄严诞生的长老们,聚集于此城顶之上。
‘‘Purato puraseṭṭhassa, pabbate meghasannibhe;
于前方山峦云聚之处,
Patiṃsu sīlakūṭamhi, haṃsāva nagamuddhanī’’ti.
诸天降临至道德之峰,天鹅于城顶驻足。』
Evaṃ iṭṭiyādīhi saddhiṃ āgantvā patiṭṭhahanto ca āyasmā mahindatthero sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahīti veditabbo. Ajātasattussa hi aṭṭhame vasse sammāsambuddho parinibbāyi. Tasmiṃyeva vasse sīhakumārassa putto tambapaṇṇidīpassa ādirājā vijayakumāro imaṃ dīpamāgantvā manussāvāsaṃ akāsi. Jambudīpe udayabhaddassa cuddasame vasse idha vijayo kālamakāsi. Udayabhaddassa pañcadasame vasse paṇḍuvāsudevo nāma imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha nāgadāsakarañño vīsatime vasse idha paṇḍuvāsudevo kālamakāsi. Tasmiṃyeva ca vasse abhayo nāma rājakumāro imasmiṃ dīpe rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha susunāgarañño sattarasame vasse idha abhayarañño vīsativassāni paripūriṃsu. Atha abhayassa vīsatime vasse paṇḍukābhayo nāma dāmariko rajjaṃ aggahesi. Tattha kāḷāsokassa soḷasame vasse idha paṇḍukassa sattarasavassāni paripūriṃsu. Tāni heṭṭhā ekena vassena saha aṭṭhārasa honti. Tattha candaguttassa cuddasame vasse idha paṇḍukābhayo kālamakāsi. Muṭasivarājā rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tattha asokadhammarājassa sattarasame vasse idha muṭasivarājā kālamakāsi. Devānampiyatisso rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Parinibbute ca sammāsambuddhe ajātasattu catuvīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāresi. Udayabhaddo soḷasa, anuruddho ca muṇḍo ca aṭṭha, nāgadāsako catuvīsati, susunāgo aṭṭhārasa, tasseva putto kāḷāsoko aṭṭhavīsati, tato tassa puttakā dasa bhātukarājāno dvevīsati vassāni rajjaṃ kāresuṃ. Tesaṃ pacchato nava nandā dvevīsatimeva, candagutto catuvīsati, bindusāro aṭṭhavīsati . Tassāvasāne asoko rajjaṃ pāpuṇi. Tassa pure abhisekā cattāri abhisekato aṭṭhārasame vasse imasmiṃ dīpe mahindatthero patiṭṭhito. Evametena rājavaṃsānusārena veditabbametaṃ – ‘‘sammāsambuddhassa parinibbānato dvinnaṃ vassasatānaṃ upari chattiṃsatime vasse imasmiṃ dīpe patiṭṭhahī’’ti.
如是憨敬众尊,同行共至,与尊者摩诃林哈长老同住,当正自觉者涅槃后过两百载有余,乃三百三十夏安立于此岛。须知无生王于第八年正觉圆寂,彼时帝王拔曼波尼岛即贡主诞生,始王必承,开人居处。恒河岛于十四年时,乌大拔诞胜,至十五年时,出生贤哲婆奴瓦苏第,承王于此岛。彼时龙族达刹迦王于二十岁时,在此婆奴瓦苏第下出生。彼年安波诞子称王承位。继之苏苏那迦王於二十七年时寿终。安波继承王位二十载。及承位二十年时,婆奴挟安波二王亦得主权。至当年迦罗支王十八岁时,婆奴寿尽达十七岁。是岁及三月,与月时十八。此时辗吉于十四年时,婆奴挟安波作胜。穆多悉瓦王承王位。彼时阿育法王及穆多悉瓦王维持主权。阿育帝王时兴起。正觉涅槃后,無生王统治二十四年。乌大拔王十六岁,阿奴儒陀八,龙迦达刹迦二十四,苏苏那迦十八,安波之子迦罗支十八,继之子弟十,弟子十,兄弟王二十二载统治。其后九难王二十三,辗吉二十四岁,斌都萨十八岁。彼之暮年,阿育继位。彼处先前受礼四次,正觉者涅槃后第百年中,有尊者摩诃林哈长老设立于此岛。由此历代王系可知:『正觉者涅槃后二百余年,上寿三百三十有余年间,于此岛安立。』
Tasmiñca divase tambapaṇṇidīpe jeṭṭhamūlanakkhattaṃ nāma hoti. Rājā nakkhattaṃ ghosāpetvā ‘‘chaṇaṃ karothā’’ti amacce ca āṇāpetvā cattālīsapurisasahassaparivāro nagaramhā nikkhamitvā yena missakapabbato tena pāyāsi migavaṃ kīḷitukāmo. Atha tasmiṃ pabbate adhivatthā ekā devatā ‘‘rañño there dassessāmī’’ti rohitamigarūpaṃ gahetvā avidūre tiṇapaṇṇāni khādamānā viya carati. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘ayuttaṃ dāni pamattaṃ vijjhitu’’nti jiyaṃ phoṭesi. Migo ambatthalamaggaṃ gahetvā palāyituṃ ārabhi. Rājā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanto ambatthalameva abhiruhi. Migopi therānaṃ avidūre antaradhāyi. Mahindatthero rājānaṃ avidūre āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘mamaṃyeva rājā passatu, mā itare’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā ‘‘tissa, tissa, ito ehī’’ti āha. Rājā sutvā cintesi – ‘‘imasmiṃ dīpe jāto maṃ ‘tissā’ti nāmaṃ gahetvā ālapituṃ samattho nāma natthi. Ayaṃ pana chinnabhinnapaṭadharo bhaṇḍu kāsāvavasano maṃ nāmena ālapati, ko nu kho ayaṃ bhavissati manusso vā amanusso vā’’ti? Thero āha –
在那一天,于坦婆尼岛上有一颗名为大树根星的星宿。国王宣布那颗星宿已经出现,命令随从们出发,四万三千人组成的队伍从城中出发,欲至蜜沙迦山戏耍。此时山上,有一位天神住着,似乎在对国王长老显现,手持红鹿形态,在山间悠然自得,像是吃着草叶。国王见此便愤怒地说:『现在要把那个粗心大意的家伙射击下来。』红鹿见事态紧急,便走上水面之路欲逃走。国王紧追其后,沿水面攀登。红鹿很快消失在长老们不远处。摩诃因陀长老见国王不远而来,便告诫众人:『让国王单独看到我,他人不必见。』『铁萨,铁萨,从这里来!』长老呼唤。国王听后心想:『这岛上出生的人,以“铁萨”之名自称,应该无人能够与我交谈才对。这人分明衣着破烂,穿袈裟,有此名号,这究竟是人还是非人呢?』长老回答说——
‘‘Samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja, dhammarājassa sāvakā;
『大王,我们是诸法王的弟子;
Taveva anukampāya, jambudīpā idhāgatā’’ti.
也是专为您的慈悲,从此陆地来到此处的沙门。』
Tena ca samayena devānampiyatissamahārājā ca asokadhammarājā ca adiṭṭhasahāyakā honti. Devānampiyatissamahārājassa ca puññānubhāvena chātapabbatapāde ekamhi veḷugumbe tisso veḷuyaṭṭhiyo rathayaṭṭhippamāṇā uppajjiṃsu – ekā latāyaṭṭhi nāma, ekā pupphayaṭṭhi nāma, ekā sakuṇayaṭṭhi nāma. Tāsu latāyaṭṭhi rajatavaṇṇā hoti, taṃ alaṅkaritvā uppannalatā kañcanavaṇṇā khāyati. Pupphayaṭṭhiyaṃ pana nīlapītalohitodātakāḷavaṇṇāni pupphāni suvibhattavaṇṭapattakiñjakkhāni hutvā khāyanti. Sakuṇayaṭṭhiyaṃ haṃsakukkuṭajīvajīvakādayo sakuṇā nānappakārāni ca catuppadāni sajīvāni viya khāyanti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dīpavaṃse –
彼时,诸天及阿弥陀王、忧愁法王皆为助持者。因诸天的功德,在查塔山脚一沙地中央,出现了三片沙丘,大小如三辆战车车辕架:一片名为藤沙丘,一片名为花沙丘,还有一片名为鸟沙丘。藤沙丘呈银色,其上长出装饰用的藤蔓,金黄色的藤蔓攀附其上,生长茂盛。花沙丘上生有蓝、青、赤、白、黑多彩莲花,华美绚烂,散布其间,如美丽的林间灌木。鸟沙丘上栖息着天鹅、公鸡和各种鸟类,及四足活物,它们给这片区域带来活泼多样的生机。又有传说曰:
‘‘Chātapabbatapādamhi , veḷuyaṭṭhī tayo ahu;
『在查塔山脚,有三片沙丘;
Setā rajatayaṭṭhīva, latā kañcanasannibhā.
白色银色如银沙丘,藤蔓金黄相映成趣。』
‘‘Nīlādi yādisaṃ pupphaṃ, pupphayaṭṭhimhi tādisaṃ;
『尼拉等诸花』者,花中之花也;
Sakuṇā sakuṇayaṭṭhimhi, sarūpeneva saṇṭhitā’’ti.
『鸦鸟等』者,鸦鸟中之鸦鸟,形态皆如是也。」
Samuddatopissa muttāmaṇiveḷuriyādi anekavihitaṃ ratanaṃ uppajji. Tambapaṇṇiyaṃ pana aṭṭha muttā uppajjiṃsu – hayamuttā, gajamuttā, rathamuttā, āmalakamuttā, valayamuttā, aṅguliveṭhakamuttā, kakudhaphalamuttā, pākatikamuttāti. So tā ca yaṭṭhiyo tā ca muttā aññañca bahuṃ ratanaṃ asokassa dhammarañño paṇṇākāratthāya pesesi. Asoko pasīditvā tassa pañca rājakakudhabhaṇḍāni pahiṇi – chattaṃ, cāmaraṃ, khaggaṃ, moḷiṃ, ratanapādukaṃ, aññañca abhisekatthāya bahuvidhaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ; seyyathidaṃ – saṅkhaṃ, gaṅgodakaṃ, vaḍḍhamānaṃ, vaṭaṃsakaṃ, bhiṅgāraṃ, nandiyāvaṭṭaṃ, sivikaṃ, kaññaṃ, kaṭacchuṃ, adhovimaṃ dussayugaṃ, hatthapuñchanaṃ, haricandanaṃ, aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ, añjanaṃ, harītakaṃ, āmalakanti. Vuttampi cetaṃ dīpavaṃse –
海上生出珍珠、玛瑙、绿晶石等多种宝物;但铜绿色的宝物,出产八种珍珠,即野兔珠、大象珠、战车珠、余甘子珠、环状珠、指状珠、角状果珠、乌头珠等。此等宝物及珍珠,为无忧王所施宝,以供其珍宝之用。无忧王将其五种皇室珍宝即宝伞、扇、剑、权杖、宝鞋收藏,又施以各种用以加冕的珍宝饰物,如贝壳、水壶、庄严饰物、器皿、珠宝、佛器、檀香、红色矿质颜料、墨、青黛、余甘子粉等。此事亦见于《长部王史》云:
‘‘Vālabījanimuṇhīsaṃ, chattaṃ khaggañca pādukaṃ;
『马蹄莲芽蕾,宝伞、剑与鞋;
Veṭhanaṃ sārapāmaṅgaṃ, bhiṅgāraṃ nandivaṭṭakaṃ.
杖、长矛与步兵车,庄严饰物及珠饰环。』
‘‘Sivikaṃ saṅkhaṃ vaṭaṃsañca, adhovimaṃ vatthakoṭikaṃ;
『佛器、贝壳及纹饰环,下垫软垫等。』
Sovaṇṇapātiṃ kaṭacchuṃ, mahagghaṃ hatthapuñchanaṃ.
黄金制成的护胸甲,犹如大象的拳头般坚固。
‘‘Anotattodakaṃ kaññaṃ, uttamaṃ haricandanaṃ;
『妙色清凉的水,少女般美丽,为上乘檀香所涂。』
Aruṇavaṇṇamattikaṃ , añjanaṃ nāgamāhaṭaṃ.
带有朝阳色泽的眼线膏,制自龙涎香。
‘‘Harītakaṃ āmalakaṃ, mahagghaṃ amatosadhaṃ;
『青木果与余甘果,乃极纯净的神药。』
Saṭṭhivāhasataṃ sāliṃ, sugandhaṃ suvakāhaṭaṃ;
六十载重的香米,散发芬芳,盛于美丽的器皿中。
Puññakammābhinibbattaṃ, pāhesi asokavhayo’’ti.
由善行所积集的福德,消除诸般忧愁哀痛。」
Na kevalañcetaṃ āmisapaṇṇākāraṃ, imaṃ kira dhammapaṇṇākārampi pesesi –
此非仅限于衣服之叶形,此所谓法叶形亦然是其一。
‘‘Ahaṃ buddhañca dhammañca, saṅghañca saraṇaṃ gato;
我皈依佛、皈依法、皈依僧;
Upāsakattaṃ desesiṃ, sakyaputtassa sāsane.
依止释迦子之教法,宣说居士之道。
‘‘Imesu tīsu vatthūsu, uttame jinasāsane;
于此三物之中,依于至高如来教法;
Tvampi cittaṃ pasādehi, saddhā saraṇamupehī’’ti.
你亦当安放心念,持守信心皈依。
Svāyaṃ rājā taṃ divasaṃ asokaraññā pesitena abhisekena ekamāsābhisitto hoti. · 此王于彼日,以阿首咖王所遣之灌顶,受一月灌顶。
Visākhapuṇṇamāyaṃ hissa abhisekamakaṃsu. So acirassutaṃ – taṃ sāsanappavattiṃ anussaramāno taṃ therassa ‘‘samaṇā mayaṃ mahārāja dhammarājassa sāvakā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvā ‘‘ayyā nu kho āgatā’’ti tāvadeva āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ kathayamāno. Yathāha –
于维萨迦圆满月日,彼等为其施行加冕。彼迅速闻知——承忆此教法现行,闻得彼长老称‘我们为大王法王之弟子’此语,被问‘夫人是否来?’即立放下兵器,独自坐于一旁,欢喜叙说起言,如是:
‘‘Āvudhaṃ nikkhipitvāna, ekamantaṃ upāvisi;
放下兵器,独自坐在一旁;
Nisajja rājā sammodi, bahuṃ atthūpasañhita’’nti.
国王坐下,欢喜赞叹,深思良多。
Sammodanīyakathañca kurumāneyeva tasmiṃ tānipi cattālīsapurisasahassāni āgantvā samparivāresuṃ. Tadā thero itarepi cha jane dassesi. Rājā disvā ‘‘ime kadā āgatā’’ti āha . ‘‘Mayā saddhiṃyeva, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Idāni pana jambudīpe aññepi evarūpā samaṇā santī’’ti? ‘‘Santi, mahārāja; etarahi jambudīpo kāsāvapajjoto isivātapaṭivāto. Tasmiṃ –
在欢喜讲解之后,当时四万三千人也来到,环绕左右。那时长老们还展示给另外六人看。国王见了,问道:“这些人何时到来的?”答曰:“与我一同来的,陛下。”又问:“如今在占婆迪这片大陆上还有同样的沙门吗?”答道:“有的,陛下;此时此刻,占婆迪大陆上还存在黄色袈裟披着修戒严格的圣人。他们——
‘‘Tevijjā iddhipattā ca, cetopariyāyakovidā;
拥有三明,具足神通,精于心意观察;
Khīṇāsavā arahanto, bahū buddhassa sāvakāti.
已断染污成为阿拉汉,是诸佛陀的弟子。”
‘‘Bhante, kena āgatatthā’’ti? ‘‘Neva, mahārāja, udakena na thalenā’’ti. ‘‘Rājā ākāsena āgatā’’ti aññāsi. Thero ‘‘atthi nu kho rañño paññāveyattiya’’nti vīmaṃsanatthāya āsannaṃ ambarukkhaṃ ārabbha pañhaṃ pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ nāmo ayaṃ, mahārāja, rukkho’’ti? ‘‘Ambarukkho nāma, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Imaṃ pana, mahārāja, ambaṃ muñcitvā añño ambo atthi, natthī’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, aññepi bahū ambarukkhā’’ti. ‘‘Imañca ambaṃ te ca ambe muñcitvā atthi nu kho, mahārāja, aññe rukkhā’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, te pana na ambarukkhā’’ti. ‘‘Aññe ambe ca anambe ca muñcitvā atthi pana añño rukkho’’ti? ‘‘Ayameva, bhante, ambarukkho’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, mahārāja, paṇḍitosi. Atthi pana te, mahārāja, ñātakā’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, bhante, bahū janā’’ti. ‘‘Te muñcitvā aññe keci aññātakāpi atthi, mahārājā’’ti? ‘‘Aññātakā, bhante, ñātakehi bahutarā’’ti. ‘‘Tava ñātake ca aññātake ca muñcitvā atthañño koci, mahārājā’’ti ? ‘‘Ahameva, aññātako’’ti. Atha thero ‘‘paṇḍito rājā sakkhissati dhammaṃ aññātu’’nti cūḷahatthipadopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne rājā tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhahi saddhiṃ cattālīsāya pāṇasahassehi.
“尊者,这些人是从何而来?”“不,陛下,不是从水中,也非泥土。有人猜测国王是从天空来的。”长老为了调查智慧的程度,便去抓近旁的树问:“陛下,这树叫什么名字?”“尊者,这树名为雨树。”“那么,陛下,若放掉这雨,会有别的水吗?”“有的,尊者,这地方尚有许多雨树。” “雨树放掉这雨,是否还有别的树呢,陛下?”“有,尊者,不过那不是雨树。”“假若放掉有雨和无雨的水,还有别的树吗?”“正是这个,尊者,就是雨树。”“好,陛下,您真聪慧。还有您的亲戚吗?”“是的,尊者,有许多人。”“放下这些亲戚,还有其他亲戚吗,陛下?”“亲戚比邻居更多了,尊者。”“您中间有亲戚,也有非亲戚,放下这些是否还有其他亲戚,陛下?”“正是我,非亲戚。”然后长老说:“聪明的国王啊,会见到法的非亲戚。”于是讲述了小象踏印的比喻经。讲完之后,国王皈依三宝,四万四千人也一同皈依。
Taṃ khaṇaññeva ca rañño bhattaṃ āhariyittha . Rājā ca suttantaṃ suṇanto eva aññāsi – ‘‘na imesaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatī’’ti. ‘‘Apucchitvā pana bhuñjituṃ ayutta’’nti cintetvā ‘‘bhuñjissatha, bhante’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na, mahārāja, amhākaṃ imasmiṃ kāle bhojanaṃ kappatī’’ti. ‘‘Kasmiṃ kāle, bhante, kappatī’’ti? ‘‘Aruṇuggamanato paṭṭhāya yāva majjhanhikasamayā, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Gacchāma, bhante, nagara’’nti? ‘‘Alaṃ, mahārāja, idheva vasissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, tumhe vasatha, ayaṃ dārako āgacchatū’’ti. ‘‘Mahārāja, ayaṃ dārako āgataphalo viññātasāsano pabbajjāpekkho idāni pabbajissatī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘tena hi, bhante, sve rathaṃ pesessāmi; taṃ abhiruhitvā āgaccheyyāthā’’ti vatvā vanditvā pakkāmi.
片刻之间,国王便开始用膳。国王听闻经文,心中了知:“现在这个时候不宜用食。”心念曰:“既未请问,不宜饮食。”于是问言:“陛下,能否饮食?”答道:“不,尊贵的国王,我们此时不宜进食。”国王问:“何时才宜?”答曰:“待到晨曦升起之后,直到正午时分,陛下方可饮食。”国王询问:“那时我们前往城中吗?”答:“不用,陛下,我们就住在这里。”国王又言:“如果你们住此,这孩童将要来了吧?”答曰:“陛下,此童已成就果位,知法深明,正在等待出家,现今即将出家。”国王说道:“那么,我当派车辇,到时你可乘车来。”言毕,向其合掌致敬便离去。
Thero acirapakkantassa rañño sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, sumana, dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosehī’’ti. ‘‘Bhante, kittakaṃ ṭhānaṃ sāvento ghosemī’’ti? ‘‘Sakalaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpa’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti sāmaṇero abhiññāpādakaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhahitvā samāhitena cittena sakalaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ sāvento tikkhattuṃ dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosesi. Rājā taṃ saddaṃ sutvā therānaṃ santikaṃ pesesi – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, atthi koci upaddavo’’ti. ‘‘Natthamhākaṃ koci upaddavo, dhammasavanassa kālaṃ ghosāpayimha buddhavacanaṃ kathetukāmamhā’’ti . Tañca pana sāmaṇerassa saddaṃ sutvā bhummā devatā saddamanussāvesuṃ. Etenupāyena yāva brahmalokā saddo abbhuggacchi. Tena saddena mahā devatāsannipāto ahosi. Thero mahantaṃ devatāsannipātaṃ disvā samacittasuttantaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ devatānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bahū nāgā ca supaṇṇā ca saraṇesu patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Yādisova sāriputtattherassa imaṃ suttantaṃ kathayato devatāsannipāto ahosi, tādiso mahindattherassāpi jāto. Atha tassā rattiyā accayena rājā therānaṃ rathaṃ pesesi. Sārathī rathaṃ ekamante ṭhapetvā therānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘āgato, bhante, ratho; abhiruhatha gacchissāmā’’ti. Therā ‘‘na mayaṃ rathaṃ abhiruhāma; gaccha tvaṃ, pacchā mayaṃ āgacchissāmā’’ti vatvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā anurādhapurassa puratthimadisāyaṃ paṭhamakacetiyaṭṭhāne otariṃsu. Tañhi cetiyaṃ therehi paṭhamaṃ otiṇṇaṭṭhāne katattāyeva ‘‘paṭhamakacetiya’’nti vuccati.
不久,国王差人邀请长老说法员「苏难那沙玛内拉」:“来吧,苏难那!是时候宣说佛法了。”苏难那答:“尊者,我应在什么场所宣说?”答曰:“遍及整个铜叶之岛。”苏难那称赞道:“善哉,尊者!”他证得第四禅定,起身安住,专心致志,宣说遍及整个铜叶之岛的佛法时刻。国王闻声后,遣使召长老到来,问道:“尊者,有何不妙之事乎?”长老答:“我处无恙,特于此时宣扬佛陀教法。”听见此声,地仙及天众皆发闻闻觉,声波传播至梵天界。天人众会盛大,长老目睹天众会聚,遂安住于心,缓缓说教。说教结束时,无数天众共之法会奏响。众多龙神、金翅鸟悉集所护之处。正如沙利耶长老诠释此经所致,魔迦陀长老亦如是生。夜间,国王驰车至长老处。车夫将车停于一侧,告之长老:“车已到,尊者,请登车,我们一起前行。”长老答:“我们不骑车,你先行,我随后到。”言毕,驱车前往阿奴罗陀布拉东边第一舍利塔地,长老从那里下车。该舍利塔因长老于此首次越过故名“第一舍利塔”。
Rājāpi sārathiṃ pesetvā ‘‘antonivesane maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādethā’’ti amacce āṇāpesi. Tāvadeva sabbe haṭṭhatuṭṭhā ativiya pāsādikaṃ maṇḍapaṃ paṭiyādesuṃ. Puna rājā cintesi – ‘‘hiyyo thero sīlakkhandhaṃ kathayamāno ‘uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ na kappatī’ti āha; ‘nisīdissanti nu kho ayyā āsanesu, na nisīdissantī’’’ti? Tassevaṃ cintayantasseva so sārathi nagaradvāraṃ sampatto. Tato addasa there paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā cīvaraṃ pārupante. Disvā ativiya pasannacitto hutvā āgantvā rañño ārocesi – ‘‘āgatā, deva, therā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘rathaṃ ārūḷhā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Na ārūḷhā, deva, api ca mama pacchato nikkhamitvā paṭhamataraṃ āgantvā pācīnadvāre ṭhitā’’ti. Rājā ‘‘rathampi nābhirūhiṃsū’’ti sutvā ‘‘na dāni ayyā uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ sādiyissantī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, therānaṃ bhūmattharaṇasaṅkhepena āsanāni paññapethā’’ti vatvā paṭipathaṃ agamāsi. Amaccā pathaviyaṃ taṭṭikaṃ paññapetvā upari kojavakādīni cittattharaṇāni paññapesuṃ. Uppātapāṭhakā disvā ‘‘gahitā dāni imehi pathavī, ime tambapaṇṇidīpassa sāmikā bhavissantī’’ti byākariṃsu. Rājāpi gantvā there vanditvā mahindattherassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā mahatiyā pūjāya ca sakkārena ca there nagaraṃ pavesetvā antonivesanaṃ pavesesi. Thero āsanapaññattiṃ disvā ‘‘amhākaṃ sāsanaṃ sakalalaṅkādīpe pathavī viya patthaṭaṃ niccalañca hutvā patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti cintento nisīdi. Rājā there paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappetvā sampavāretvā ‘‘anuḷādevīpamukhāni pañca itthisatāni therānaṃ abhivādanaṃ pūjāsakkārañca karontū’’ti pakkosāpetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Thero bhattakiccāvasāne rañño saparijanassa dhammaratanavassaṃ vassento petavatthuṃvimānavatthuṃ saccasaṃyuttañca kathesi. Taṃ therassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā tāni pañcapi itthisatāni sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchākaṃsu.
国王又遣使吩咐说:“在行宫中设建亭阁。”诸臣闻之,纷纷起身,迅速建造华美亭阁。国王复思:“昨日长老宣说持戒经时说‘不宜卧长床’,又云‘或许众位比库不坐卧床之上?’”思量间,车夫到达城门。见到长老,身披缁衣,手持缚尸带。初见长老,心生欢喜,前来回禀国王“尊者驾到”。国王问:“尊者是否登车?”长老答:“未登,且我刚从后面抵达,站于后门。”国王听罢,思虑“今后比库丈夫们不会卧长床”,遂言:“如今将依长老的戒律,设座位于此。”长官铺设地板,并以茅草等铺垫席面作为座席。目击此景者叹言:“此地现今已被铜叶之主浸染,成了法主之地。”国王前往寺院,供养长老及魔迦陀长老,用手持布,极其恭敬。长老察觉座位布置后思忖:“我佛法将在整个兰卡岛如土地般扎根常住。”国王与长老一同用膳,完膳后,长老讲述佛法的宝珠,如莲花般庄严真实之事。听毕长老教诲,当场五百女性具足声闻果位,证得圣果。
Yepi te manussā purimadivase missakapabbate there addasaṃsu, te tesu tesu ṭhānesu therānaṃ guṇe kathenti. Tesaṃ sutvā mahājanakāyo rājaṅgaṇe sannipatitvā mahāsaddaṃ akāsi. Rājā ‘‘kiṃ eso saddo’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Nāgarā, deva, ‘there daṭṭhuṃ na labhāmā’ti viravantī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘sace idha pavisissanti, okāso na bhavissatī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘gacchatha, bhaṇe, hatthisālaṃ paṭijaggitvā vālukaṃ ākiritvā pañcavaṇṇāni pupphāni vikiritvā celavitānaṃ bandhitvā maṅgalahatthiṭṭhāne therānaṃ āsanāni paññapethā’’ti āha. Amaccā tathā akaṃsu. Thero tattha gantvā nisīditvā devadūtasuttantaṃ kathesi. Kathāpariyosāne pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahi. Tato ‘‘hatthisālā atisambādhā’’ti dakkhiṇadvāre nandanavanuyyāne āsanaṃ paññapesuṃ. Thero tattha nisīditvā āsīvisopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Tampi sutvā pāṇasahassaṃ sotāpattiphalaṃ paṭilabhi.
第二日黎明,众人于米萨卡山目睹长老,将在各处称赞长老的德行。众人闻讯,聚集于王宫广场,发出宏大声音。国王问:“这是什么声音?”答:“城中百姓说,‘看见长老者甚少’。”国王思量:“若他们进宫,自然无暇闲暇。”因而告诫:“请去象树下,扬沙铺地,供五色花,筑圈驮象立处,为长老设座。”诸臣依命行事。长老前往,坐下后,讲述天使书中经文。讲经结束时,手持法器,五百人纷纷得证声闻果。长老又去象树南门花园,设座讲述《盔甲喻经》。听罢,众生五百又获得声闻圣果。
Evaṃ āgatadivasato dutiyadivase aḍḍhateyyasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Therassa nandanavane āgatāgatāhi kulitthīhi kulasuṇhāhi kulakumārīhi saddhiṃ sammodamānasseva sāyanhasamayo jāto. Thero kālaṃ sallakkhetvā ‘‘gacchāma dāni missakapabbata’’nti uṭṭhahi. Amaccā – ‘‘kattha, bhante, gacchathā’’ti? ‘‘Amhākaṃ nivāsanaṭṭhāna’’nti. Te rañño saṃviditaṃ katvā rājānumatena āhaṃsu – ‘‘akālo, bhante, idāni tattha gantuṃ; idameva nandanavanuyyānaṃ ayyānaṃ āvāsaṭṭhānaṃ hotū’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, gacchāmā’’ti. Puna rañño vacanenāhaṃsu – ‘‘rājā, bhante, āha – ‘etaṃ meghavanaṃ nāma uyyānaṃ mama pitu santakaṃ nagarato nātidūraṃ nāccāsannaṃ gamanāgamanasampannaṃ, ettha therā vāsaṃ kappentū’’’ti. Vasiṃsu therā meghavane uyyāne.
翌日午时,天众与世俗儿女齐聚花园,欢喜诵谛听佛法。长老判定时辰,起身言:“我们现在去米萨卡山。”官吏问:“尊者,我们前往何处?”答:“往我们居住之处。”官吏奉国命,获王许可说:“当时已适宜前往,米萨卡山南花园乃供尊长居所。”应允后,长老前往名为“云林”的花园居住。国王又说:“国王曰:‘此是名为云林的林园,离父城不远,具游行便利之路。长老可居于此处。’”长老居住于云林园中。
Rājāpi kho tassā rattiyā accayena therassa samīpaṃ gantvā sukhasayitabhāvaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘kappati, bhante, bhikkhusaṅghassa ārāmo’’ti pucchi. Thero ‘‘kappati, mahārājā’’ti vatvā imaṃ suttaṃ āhari – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ārāma’’nti. Rājā tuṭṭho suvaṇṇabhiṅgāraṃ gahetvā therassa hatthe udakaṃ pātetvā mahāmeghavanuyyānaṃ adāsi. Saha udakapātena pathavī kampi. Ayaṃ mahāvihāre paṭhamo pathavīkampo ahosi. Rājā bhīto theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampatī’’ti? ‘‘Mā bhāyi, mahārāja, imasmiṃ dīpe dasabalassa sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissati; idañca paṭhamaṃ vihāraṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti. Rājā bhiyyosomattāya pasīdi. Thero punadivasepi rājageheyeva bhuñjitvā nandanavane anamataggiyāni kathesi. Punadivase aggikkhandhopamasuttaṃ kathesi. Etenevupāyena satta divasāni kathesi. Desanāpariyosāne aḍḍhanavamānaṃ pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Tato paṭṭhāya ca nandanavanaṃ sāsanassa jotipātubhāvaṭṭhānanti katvā ‘‘jotivana’’nti nāmaṃ labhi. Sattame pana divase therā antepure rañño appamādasuttaṃ kathayitvā cetiyagirimeva agamaṃsu.
夜晚,国王特地前来,问长老安适,问道:“尊者,可为僧团造寺?是否可行?”长老答:“可行,陛下。”随即讲述佛陀法语:“比库们,准许建造寺庙。”国王欢喜,献上黄金、宝石,手持水瓶洒水,赐予大云林园。洒水时,地面微微震动。此乃寺院建造地首次地动。国王生畏,问:“尊者,何故地动?”答曰:“莫怖,陛下,我国十方佛法将坚立于此,这乃先兆。”国王更放心欢喜。长老复日于宫中进食,讲述佛法无尽义。又讲《火聚喻经》,连续七日讲说。讲毕时,半千众生证实声闻之果。立那花园为法灯之地,名为‘灯林’。第七日,长老于城外讲述《精进经》,结束后前往舍利塔山。
Atha kho rājā amacce pucchi – ‘‘thero, amhe gāḷhena ovādena ovadati; gaccheyya nu kho’’ti? Amaccā ‘‘tumhehi, deva, thero ayācito sayameva āgato; tasmā tassa anāpucchāva gamanampi bhaveyyā’’ti āhaṃsu. Tato rājā rathaṃ abhiruhitvā dve ca deviyo āropetvā cetiyagiriṃ agamāsi mahañcarājānubhāvena. Gantvā deviyo ekamantaṃ apakkamāpetvā sayameva therānaṃ samīpaṃ upasaṅkamanto ativiya kilantarūpo hutvā upasaṅkami. Tato naṃ thero āha – ‘‘kasmā tvaṃ, mahārāja, evaṃ kilamamāno āgato’’ti? ‘‘‘Tumhe mama gāḷhaṃ ovādaṃ datvā idāni gantukāmā nu kho’ti jānanatthaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Na mayaṃ, mahārāja, gantukāmā; apica vassūpanāyikakālo nāmāyaṃ mahārāja, tatra samaṇena vassūpanāyikaṭṭhānaṃ ñātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Taṃdivasameva ariṭṭho nāma amacco pañcapaṇṇāsāya jeṭṭhakaniṭṭhabhātukehi saddhiṃ rañño samīpe ṭhito āha – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, deva, therānaṃ santike pabbajitu’’nti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhaṇe, pabbajassū’’ti rājā anujānitvā theraṃ sampaṭicchāpesi. Thero tadaheva pabbājesi. Sabbe khuraggeyeva arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
于是国王询问长老说:『尊者,我们被严厉的话语严厉地教诲,你可当随其去往?』那些严厉者答言:『天王,尊者未经我们允许而自行而至,故此即便未曾询问,也应允许他前往。』随后国王登上战车,二位天尊扶持着,一同前往圣塔山,承受天王的护卫之威。到达后,天神们分开一隅,引领尊者们近前,自己却显得极为悲伤而接近。于是尊者问:『尊贵的天王,汝为何怀着如此痛苦而来?』他们回答:『大王,是汝以严厉的教诲嘱托我等,现在我等实有前往之意,尊者。』尊者曰:『吾等非有远行之愿,且适逢雨安居之期,大王,此乃修行者在雨安居处所打扫整理所需,故此动身。』同一天,名为阿利多的严厉者与五十余名年长比库及少年的僧侣伴随国王立于近旁,称愿于尊者之前受出家戒。国王答说:『善哉,愿出家!』尊者当时即予出家,诸比库皆如鹿群般齐得阿拉汉果。
Rājāpi kho taṅkhaṇeyeva kaṇṭakena cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ parikkhipitvā dvāsaṭṭhiyā leṇesu kammaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nagarameva agamāsi. Tepi therā dasabhātikasamākulaṃ rājakulaṃ pasādetvā mahājanaṃ ovadamānā cetiyagirimhi vassaṃ vasiṃsu. Tadāpi cetiyagirimhi paṭhamaṃ vassaṃ upagatā dvāsaṭṭhi arahanto ahesuṃ. Athāyasmā mahāmahindo vutthavasso pavāretvā kattikapuṇṇamāyaṃ uposathadivase rājānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mahārāja, amhehi ciradiṭṭho sammāsambuddho, anāthavāsaṃ vasimha, icchāma mayaṃ jambudīpaṃ gantu’’nti. Rājā āha – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, tumhe catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahāmi, ayañca mahājano tumhe nissāya tīsu saraṇesu patiṭṭhito, kasmā tumhe ukkaṇṭhitatthā’’ti? ‘‘Ciradiṭṭho no, mahārāja, sammāsambuddho, abhivādanapaccuṭṭhānaañjalikammasāmīcikammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ natthi, tenamha ukkaṇṭhitā’’ti. ‘‘Nanu, bhante, tumhe avocuttha – ‘parinibbuto sammāsambuddho’’’ti. ‘‘Kiñcāpi, mahārāja, parinibbuto; atha khvassa sarīradhātuyo tiṭṭhantī’’ti. ‘‘Aññātaṃ, bhante, thūpapatiṭṭhānaṃ tumhe ākaṅkhathāti. Karomi , bhante, thūpaṃ, bhūmibhāgaṃ dāni vicinātha; apica, bhante, dhātuyo kuto lacchāmā’’ti? ‘‘Sumanena saddhiṃ mantehi, mahārājā’’ti.
国王随后涂满尖锐之刺于圣塔前广场,建立了六十二洞窟,便返回王城。三位尊者住持宫殿,教化大众,于圣塔山中雨安居修行。当时也是圣塔山中第一年雨安居,六十二位阿拉汉聚集。尊者大摩诃毗多维瓦哈(Mahinda)于雨安居结束后,在昏月满日持忏悔日之仪,于国王面前说道:『大王,吾等亲目所见的正觉者,已无依无靠,现想与汝等前往印度大陆。』国王答言:『尊者,我以四种条件护持汝等,且因广大民众依赖汝三处庇护,为何汝等心怀渴望?』尊者答:『大王,正觉者虽有亲眼所见,然其缺乏受礼恭敬和恰当的问讯,正因如此我们才心怀渴望。』国王问:『尊者,你曾言“正觉者已入般涅槃”,何以还有身体存留?』答曰:『大王,虽有般涅槃,然其身体犹存。』国王言:『尊者,吾欲为佛塔建立根基,你可愿否?』尊者答:『尊者当下探查地基,且欲得舍利此身根器也。』国王答:『同行者,尊者云何?』
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā sumanaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pucchi – ‘‘kuto dāni, bhante, dhātuyo lacchāmā’’ti? Sumano āha – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, mahārāja, vīthiyo sodhāpetvā dhajapaṭākapuṇṇaghaṭādīhi alaṅkārāpetvā saparijano uposathaṃ samādiyitvā sabbatāḷāvacare upaṭṭhāpetvā maṅgalahatthiṃ sabbālaṅkārapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ kārāpetvā upari cassa setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā sāyanhasamaye mahānāgavanuyyānābhimukho yāhi. Addhā tasmiṃ ṭhāne dhātuyo lacchasī’’ti. Rājā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi. Therā cetiyagirimeva agamaṃsu. Tatrāyasmā mahindatthero sumanasāmaṇeraṃ āha – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, sāmaṇera, jambudīpe tava ayyakaṃ asokaṃ dhammarājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena evaṃ vadehi – ‘sahāyo vo, mahārāja, devānampiyatisso buddhasāsane pasanno thūpaṃ patiṭṭhāpetukāmo, tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dhātu atthi taṃ me dethā’ti. Taṃ gahetvā sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadehi – ‘tumhākaṃ kira, mahārāja, hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi – dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañca; tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā’ti. Evañca naṃ vadehi – ‘kasmā tvaṃ, mahārāja, amhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pahiṇitvā pamajjasī’’’ti?
国王善哉,说:“尊者,应从何处得此舍利?”尊者答:“圣王,汝应清扫道路,以旌旗、幡盖等饰设,率众赴法会,庄严其所,制造盛大华盖,上覆白色伞盖,于黄昏时至大龙神林之道。”国王赞曰:“善哉。”尊者们即前赴圣塔山。时尊者大摩诃毗多维瓦哈嘱责青年比库道:“前往印度,拜谒法王阿育,并依我所教告曰:『护法者,天王欤,汝欲为众安置舍利增建佛塔,手中确有舍利,速来取受。』”携此说辞,拜见天帝萨咖,转告其言:“尊王手中有两舍利,南侧舍利及南方袍舍利,尔后当敬奉南侧舍利,此袍舍利归我。”又言:“为何尊者护国,将我红锡兰弃置而懈怠?”
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho sumano therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā tāvadeva pattacīvaramādāya vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā pāṭaliputtadvāre oruyha rañño santikaṃ gantvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Rājā tuṭṭho sāmaṇerassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā gandhehi ubbaṭṭetvā varamuttasadisānaṃ dhātūnaṃ pūretvā adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā sakkaṃ devarājānaṃ upasaṅkami. Sakko devarājā sāmaṇeraṃ disvāva ‘‘kiṃ, bhante sumana, āhiṇḍasī’’ti āha. ‘‘Tvaṃ, mahārāja, amhe tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ pesetvā kasmā pamajjasī’’ti? ‘‘Nappamajjāmi, bhante, vadehi – ‘kiṃ karomī’’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kira hatthe dve dhātuyo atthi – dakkhiṇadāṭhā ca dakkhiṇakkhakañca; tato tumhe dakkhiṇadāṭhaṃ pūjetha, dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ pana mayhaṃ dethā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti kho sakko devānamindo yojanappamāṇaṃ maṇithūpaṃ ugghāṭetvā dakkhiṇakkhakadhātuṃ nīharitvā sumanassa adāsi. So taṃ gahetvā cetiyagirimhiyeva patiṭṭhāsi.
国王赞言:“善哉,尊者。”青年比库依命领受袈裟,乘车赴巴特利普多城门前,直入国王前,陈述此事。国王欢喜,亲手接过书信,嗅其芳香,奉上珍贵舍利,赐以应有礼遇。青年持此去见萨咖天帝,天帝见之问曰:“尊者苏摩纳,汝为何迟滞?”答云:“大王,汝遣我赴锡兰,为何懈怠?”答曰:“吾不懈怠,但手中有两舍利:南侧舍利与南袍舍利,尔当敬奉南侧舍利,袍舍利归我。”天帝答赞曰:“善哉。”天帝开出金舍利塔,呈袍舍利于苏摩纳。青年接舍利,安置于圣塔山。
Atha kho mahindapamukhā sabbepi te mahānāgā asokadhammarājena dinnadhātuyo cetiyagirimhiyeva patiṭṭhāpetvā dakkhiṇakkhakaṃ ādāya vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahānāgavanuyyānamagamaṃsu . Rājāpi kho sumanena vuttappakāraṃ pūjāsakkāraṃ katvā hatthikkhandhavaragato sayaṃ maṅgalahatthimatthake setacchattaṃ dhārayamāno mahānāgavanaṃ sampāpuṇi. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace ayaṃ sammāsambuddhassa dhātu, chattaṃ apanamatu, maṅgalahatthī jaṇṇukehi bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhahatu, dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ mayhaṃ matthake patiṭṭhātū’’ti. Saha rañño cittuppādena chattaṃ apanami, hatthī jaṇṇukehi patiṭṭhahi, dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ rañño matthake patiṭṭhahi. Rājā amateneva abhisittagatto viya paramena pītipāmojjena samannāgato hutvā pucchi – ‘‘dhātuṃ, bhante, kiṃ karomā’’ti? ‘‘Hatthikumbhamhiyeva tāva, mahārāja, ṭhapehī’’ti. Rājā dhātucaṅkoṭakaṃ gahetvā hatthikumbhe ṭhapesi. Pamudito nāgo koñcanādaṃ nadi. Mahāmegho uṭṭhahitvā pokkharavassaṃ vassi. Udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahābhūmicālo ahosi. ‘‘Paccantepi nāma sammāsambuddhassa dhātu patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti devamanussā pamodiṃsu. Evaṃ iddhānubhāvasiriyā devamanussānaṃ pītiṃ janayanto –
复次,尊者摩诃毗多维瓦哈及诸大龙神执受阿育王所献舍利,即携南袍舍利,伴随尊贵之影谱温林道前往。国王随行,依照苏摩纳之言,手持盖有华盖之大象把持布施物,至大龙神林中拜止。心念:『若舍利属正觉者,愿象持华盖愿为净土,舍利宝塔当立于吾冠,宝塔环绕由吾扶正。』随王意念施力,华盖落于大象之冠,宝塔环绕国王头顶建成。国王心喜如初受膏礼,悦怀盈满,问尊者舍利应何安置?答言:“于象腹中安放。”国王安置宝塔于象腹。大龙神欢腾,共鸣铜铃,雷云升起,雨水遍洒,形成洪大洪流,普润大众,天人欢庆正觉舍利之安置。因神通威力,天神人间同发喜悦。
Puṇṇamāyaṃ mahāvīro, cātumāsiniyā idha;
满月日这位伟大勇士,于四月份诸戒之日来至此处。
Āgantvā devalokamhā, hatthikumbhe patiṭṭhitoti.
来到天界,安置在象坛处。
Athassa so hatthināgo anekatāḷāvacaraparivārito ativiya uḷārena pūjāsakkārena sakkariyamāno pacchimadisābhimukhova hutvā, apasakkanto yāva nagarassa puratthimadvāraṃ tāva gantvā puratthimena dvārena nagaraṃ pavisitvā sakalanāgarena uḷārāya pūjāya karīyamānāya dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā thūpārāmassa pacchimadisābhāge mahejavatthu nāma kira atthi, tattha gantvā puna thūpārāmābhimukhoyeva paṭinivatti. Tena ca samayena thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hoti.
当时那象王,好像巨大的多层莲花座围绕的庞大壮丽宝塔庄严,面向西方,慢慢游行,后退着走,一直到城的东方大门,随后从东方门进入城中,于众人清净崇敬的礼拜中,走到南门又出来,到了宝塔林西方,有一处名为马呵脂的场所,于彼处转回,复向宝塔林面对处返回。彼时宝塔林中,有旧时三位正觉圣者供养舍利的礼拜处。
Atīte kira ayaṃ dīpo ojadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā abhayo nāma, nagaraṃ abhayapuraṃ nāma, cetiyapabbato devakūṭapabbato nāma, thūpārāmo paṭiyārāmo nāma. Tena kho pana samayena kakusandho bhagavā loke uppanno hoti. Tassa sāvako mahādevo nāma thero bhikkhusahassena saddhiṃ devakūṭe patiṭṭhāsi, mahindatthero viya cetiyapabbate. Tena kho pana samayena ojadīpe sattā pajjarakena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho kakusandho bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanamāpajjante. Disvā cattālīsāya bhikkhusahassehi parivuto agamāsi. Tassānubhāvena tāvadeva pajjarako vūpasanto. Roge vūpasante bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā dhamakaraṇaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā paṭiyārāme cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Mahādevo dīpaṃ anusāsanto vihāsi.
过去,此地名为欧扎宝塔,国名为阿跋阇,城名阿跋阇波罗,宝塔山名为天尊山,宝塔林名为乞韦宝塔林。彼时在世尊迦旃延出现。其弟子大德长老名为摩诃德,以千比库住于天尊山,如同长老摩诃因陀罗住于宝塔山一般。彼时欧扎宝塔上,众生遭受疾病与灾难。世尊以佛眼观察众生灾厄,见此情形,携四十四千比库围绕而来,凭佛神力驱除瘟疫。病患渐愈,世尊宣说法教,四万八千人得法悦。世尊布施法器后前往他处,留下宝塔林。摩诃德长老继续安住宝塔山。
Koṇāgamanassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo varadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā sameṇḍī nāma, nagaraṃ vaḍḍhamānaṃ nāma , pabbato suvaṇṇakūṭo nāma. Tena kho pana samayena varadīpe dubbuṭṭhikā hoti dubbhikkhaṃ dussassaṃ. Sattā chātakarogena anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho koṇāgamano bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante. Disvā tiṃsabhikkhusahassaparivuto agamāsi. Buddhānubhāvena devo sammādhāraṃ anuppavecchi. Subhikkhaṃ ahosi. Bhagavā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ mahāsumanaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe ṭhapetvā kāyabandhanaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu.
迦叶到来时,此地名为随愿宝塔,国王名为娑鳞提,城名为日增城,山名金顶山。彼时随愿宝塔区域,有饥荒灾难,众生生病遭难。迦叶以佛眼观察众生灾难,见彼情形,携三万比库环绕而来。机缘感应,天神给予正念守护。粮食丰盛,世尊宣说法教,四万八千人次得法喜。世尊在随愿宝塔设立名为摩诃修摩那的长老僧团,着袈裟后前往他处,留下宝塔。
Kassapassa pana bhagavato kāle ayaṃ dīpo maṇḍadīpo nāma ahosi, rājā jayanto nāma, nagaraṃ visālaṃ nāma, pabbato subhakūṭo nāma . Tena kho pana samayena maṇḍadīpe mahāvivādo hoti. Bahū sattā kalahaviggahajātā anayabyasanaṃ āpajjanti. Addasā kho kassapo bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaṃ olokento te satte anayabyasanaṃ āpajjante. Disvā vīsatibhikkhusahassaparivuto āgantvā vivādaṃ vūpasametvā dhammaṃ desesi. Caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Bhagavā bhikkhusahassaparivāraṃ sabbanandaṃ nāma theraṃ dīpe patiṭṭhāpetvā udakasāṭakaṃ datvā pakkāmi. Taṃ anto pakkhipitvā cetiyaṃ akaṃsu. Evaṃ thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ cetiyāni patiṭṭhahiṃsu. Tāni sāsanantaradhānena nassanti, ṭhānamattaṃ avasissati. Tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘tena ca samayena thūpārāme purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhānaṃ hotī’’ti. Tadetaṃ vinaṭṭhesu cetiyesu devatānubhāvena kaṇṭakasamākiṇṇasākhehi nānāgacchehi parivutaṃ tiṭṭhati – ‘‘mā naṃ koci ucchiṭṭhāsucimalakacavarehi padūsesī’’ti.
在迦叶往后,世尊时代,此地名为盛宝塔,国王名叫嘉延多,城名为毗沙罗,山名为善顶山。彼时盛宝塔区生大争端,众多众生生纷争祸害。世尊以佛眼观察众生灾难,见彼情形,携二十千比库来到,止息争端,宣说法教,四万八千人次得法悦。世尊在盛宝塔安置名为萨般那陀的长老僧团,施水盂后离去,留下宝塔。如此,宝塔林中旧时三位正觉圣者的供养舍利宝塔建成。宝塔随法教流转而毁坏,仅保留遗址。因此有言:「彼时宝塔林中旧时三位正觉圣者供养舍利处存在。」这三宝塔中,天神护持,以荆棘枝条围绕诸路巡护,告诫说:「不要有人用不净的破烂布巾污秽扰乱此地。」
Atha khvassa hatthino purato purato gantvā rājapurisā sabbagacche chinditvā bhūmiṃ sodhetvā taṃ hatthatalasadisaṃ akaṃsu. Hatthināgo gantvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ purato katvā tassa pacchimadisābhāge bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne aṭṭhāsi. Athassa matthakato dhātuṃ oropetuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Nāgo oropetuṃ na deti. Rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kasmā, bhante, nāgo dhātuṃ oropetuṃ na detī’’ti? ‘‘Ārūḷhaṃ, mahārāja, oropetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Tasmiñca kāle abhayavāpiyā udakaṃ chinnaṃ hoti. Samantā bhūmi phalitā hoti, suuddharā mattikāpiṇḍā. Tato mahājano sīghaṃ sīghaṃ mattikaṃ āharitvā hatthikumbhappamāṇaṃ vatthumakāsi. Tāvadeva ca thūpakaraṇatthaṃ iṭṭhakā kātuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Na yāva iṭṭhakā pariniṭṭhanti tāva hatthināgo katipāhaṃ divā bodhirukkhaṭṭhāne hatthisālāyaṃ tiṭṭhati, rattiṃ thūpapatiṭṭhānabhūmiṃ pariyāyati. Atha vatthuṃ cināpetvā rājā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘kīdiso, bhante, thūpo kātabbo’’ti? ‘‘Vīhirāsisadiso, mahārājā’’ti.
后来那象王往前走,跟随众王子人民,一同砍伐清理土地,建造象坛似的场所。象王来到此地前方,在西方的菩提树下伫立。众人开始安放舍利土块。象王不肯把舍利土块往下放置。国王问比库:「尊者,为何你不肯下放舍利土块?」答曰:「陛下,举起它,不能放下。」当时安拔瓦庇池塘干涸,土地丰腴,泥土洁净。众人迅速采集泥土,筑起象坛,用作安置宝塔。直到泥块完成,象王昼夜常在菩提树下守护宝塔地基。然后烧毁此地,国王问比库:「尊者,应当如何建造宝塔?」答曰:「如池中莲花形状,陛下。」
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā jaṅghappamāṇaṃ thūpaṃ cināpetvā dhātuoropanatthāya mahāsakkāraṃ kāresi. Sakalanagarañca janapado ca dhātumahadassanatthaṃ sannipati. Sannipatite ca pana tasmiṃ mahājanakāye dasabalassa dhātu hatthikumbhato sattatālappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ dassesi. Tehi tehi dhātuppadesehi channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ udakadhārā ca aggikkhandhā ca pavattanti, sāvatthiyaṃ kaṇḍambamūle bhagavatā dassitapāṭihāriyasadisameva pāṭihāriyaṃ ahosi. Tañca kho neva therānubhāvena, na devatānubhāvena; apica kho buddhānubhāveneva. Bhagavā kira dharamānova adhiṭṭhāsi – ‘‘mayi parinibbute tambapaṇṇidīpe anurādhapurassa dakkhiṇadisābhāge purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ buddhānaṃ paribhogacetiyaṭṭhāne mama dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu patiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ hotū’’ti.
“善哉,尊者。”时王舂取小腿高的舍利塔,为安置舍利大做盛典。整个城镇及乡邑为瞻仰舍利而聚集相会。聚集时,在那众多百姓中现出威力,力如象鼻,唤风猛吹七百余栏,现出奇异神迹。各舍利所在之处,水流色彩光明,火焰环绕,犹如佛陀所示神迹,正是在萨沃蒂根部相应处。此神迹既非长老神通,亦非天神神通,而是佛陀神通。佛陀似主持法则一般庄严宣示:“当我涅槃后,于铜叶岛安努拉德普勒城南方旧诸佛舍利礼敬处,设立我右后肩舍利安置日,必显此双重奇异神迹。”
‘‘Evaṃ acintiyā buddhā, buddhadhammā acintiyā;
“佛及佛法皆不可思议,
Acintiye pasannānaṃ, vipāko hoti acintiyo’’ti. (apa. thera 1.1.82);
不可思议者清晰明朗者,果报亦不可思议。”(《阿帕达那·长老传》1.1.82)
Sammāsambuddho kira imaṃ dīpaṃ dharamānakālepi tikkhattuṃ āgamāsi. Paṭhamaṃ – yakkhadamanatthaṃ ekakova āgantvā yakkhe dametvā ‘‘mayi parinibbute imasmiṃ dīpe sāsanaṃ patiṭṭhahissatī’’ti tambapaṇṇidīpe rakkhaṃ karonto tikkhattuṃ dīpaṃ āvijji. Dutiyaṃ – mātulabhāgineyyānaṃ nāgarājūnaṃ damanatthāya ekakova āgantvā te dametvā agamāsi. Tatiyaṃ – pañcabhikkhusataparivāro āgantvā mahācetiyaṭṭhāne ca thūpārāmacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mahābodhipatiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne ca mahiyaṅgaṇacetiyaṭṭhāne ca mutiyaṅgaṇacetiyaṭṭhāne ca dīghavāpicetiyaṭṭhāne ca kalyāṇiyacetiyaṭṭhāne ca nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi. Idamassa catutthaṃ dhātusarīrena āgamanaṃ.
正觉者曾至此岛主持法令。初时,曾有一鬼独来降伏其他鬼神,守护铜叶岛法脉,使之坚定不动摇。第二,曾有一鬼独降伏邻接乡邑的四方王,使之归服。第三,有五百比库弟子僧团来至大舍利塔处、塔院寺处、大菩提树处、异香树处、长廊寺处、美善寺处,入灭定坐禅而盘坐。第四,即舍利身来的令现。
Dhātusarīrato ca panassa nikkhantaudakaphusitehi sakalatambapaṇṇitale na koci aphuṭṭhokāso nāma ahosi. Evamassa taṃ dhātusarīraṃ udakaphusitehi tambapaṇṇitalassa pariḷāhaṃ vūpasametvā mahājanassa pāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā otaritvā rañño matthake patiṭṭhāsi . Rājā saphalaṃ manussapaṭilābhaṃ maññamāno mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ karitvā dhātuṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Saha dhātupatiṭṭhāpanena mahābhūmicālo ahosi. Tasmiñca pana dhātupāṭihāriye cittaṃ pasādetvā rañño bhātā abhayo nāma rājakumāro purisasahassena saddhiṃ pabbaji. Cetaraṭṭhagāmato pañca dārakasatāni pabbajiṃsu, tathā dvāramaṇḍalādīhi gāmakehi nikkhamitvā pañcapañca dārakasatāni sabbānipi antonagarato ca bahinagarato ca pabbajitāni tiṃsabhikkhusahassāni ahesuṃ. Niṭṭhite pana thūpasmiṃ rājā ca rājabhātikā ca deviyo ca devanāgayakkhānampi vimhayakaraṃ paccekaṃ paccekaṃ pūjaṃ akaṃsu. Niṭṭhitāya pana dhātupūjāya patiṭṭhite dhātuvare mahindatthero meghavanuyyānameva gantvā vāsaṃ kappesi.
舍利肉身水流喷出,遍洒整个铜叶岛,无一处空隙未被湿润。因舍利身及水流将铜叶岛草木焚烧,消除病害,显显神迹,随后安置于王宫内。王视此乃人间幸运,故为尊敬而安置舍利。安置舍利时,广大土地震动。舍利安置奇迹显现时,王之弟名阿波,为众人千余一起出家。隔邻邦村亦有五百多人皈依,城门卫兵及乡民共归出家,三万人比库众士出家。安置完毕后,王与皇弟、天人与天龙鬼神等分别做恭敬供养。供养结束,舍利奉祀已定,舍利大德长老梅欣达尊者亲赴独自静修。
Tasmiṃ kho pana samaye anuḷā devī pabbajitukāmā hutvā rañño ārocesi. Rājā tassā vacanaṃ sutvā theraṃ etadavoca – ‘‘anuḷā, bhante, devī pabbajitukāmā, pabbājetha na’’nti. ‘‘Na, mahārāja, amhākaṃ mātugāmaṃ pabbājetuṃ kappati. Pāṭaliputte pana mayhaṃ bhaginī saṅghamittattherī nāma atthi, taṃ pakkosāpehi. Imasmiñca pana, mahārāja, dīpe purimakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ bodhi patiṭṭhāsi. Amhākampi bhagavato sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanakena bodhinā idha patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, tasmā tathā sāsanaṃ pahiṇeyyāsi yathā saṅghamittā bodhiṃ gahetvā āgaccheyyā’’ti.
此时,安努拉女神欲出家,向王报告此事。王闻语,告长老曰:“安努拉尊者欲出家,子当准许么?”尊者答曰:“不,大王,我族群不可容女出家。但邻城巴塔利普塔有我姐妹,名为僧侣友伴长老尼,能令其皈依。此岛乃早前三佛成道地,我等亦当如佛贤,依佛足迹建寺,传法承教,使僧侣友伴得法皈依而来。”
‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā therassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā amaccehi saddhiṃ mantento ariṭṭhaṃ nāma attano bhāgineyyaṃ āha – ‘‘sakkhissasi tvaṃ, tāta, pāṭaliputtaṃ gantvā mahābodhinā saddhiṃ ayyaṃ saṅghamittattheriṃ ānetu’’nti? ‘‘Sakkhissāmi, deva, sace me pabbajjaṃ anujānissasī’’ti. ‘‘Gaccha, tāta , theriṃ ānetvā pabbajāhī’’ti. So rañño ca therassa ca sāsanaṃ gahetvā therassa adhiṭṭhānavasena ekadivaseneva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā nāvaṃ abhiruhitvā samuddaṃ atikkamitvā pāṭaliputtameva agamāsi. Anuḷāpi kho devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ dasa sīlāni samādiyitvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā nagarassa ekadese upassayaṃ kārāpetvā nivāsaṃ kappesi. Ariṭṭhopi taṃdivasameva rañño sāsanaṃ appesi, evañca avoca – ‘‘putto te, deva, mahindatthero evamāha – ‘sahāyakassa kira te devānampiyatissassa rañño bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pabbajitukāmā , taṃ pabbājetuṃ ayyaṃ saṅghamittattheriṃ pahiṇatha, ayyāyeva ca saddhiṃ mahābodhi’’’nti. Therassa sāsanaṃ ārocetvā saṅghamittattheriṃ upasaṅkamitvā evamāha – ‘‘ayye, tumhākaṃ bhātā mahindatthero maṃ tumhākaṃ santikaṃ pesesi, devānampiyatissassa rañño bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi, pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā, taṃ kira āgantvā pabbājethā’’ti. Sā tāvadeva turitaturitā rañño santikaṃ gantvā evamāha – ‘‘mahārāja, mayhaṃ bhātā mahindatthero evaṃ pahiṇi, ‘rañño kira bhātu jāyā anuḷā nāma devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehi saddhiṃ pabbajitukāmā mayhaṃ āgamanaṃ udikkhati’. Gacchāmahaṃ, mahārāja, tambapaṇṇidīpa’’nti.
国王一听长老话语满意,即与臣僚商议,便称曰:「你能否前往巴达厘子,携带尊者桑伽密达长老?」尊者答曰:「若准我出家,我必前往。」国王遂令:「去吧,携尊者来后即行出家。」他遂承受国与长老的法教,一日单独前往犹如红森林城,登船渡海,抵达巴达厘子。阿奴拉比女与五姊妹、五侍女,同守十戒,身披袈裟,择城一处林下安住。国王当日亦传法教,谓曰:「女儿,你是尊者摩诃因陀长老所言:‘你随助者,国王弟妹阿奴拉女,欲出家,请送尊者桑伽密达来,偕同师母摩诃菩提。’」女告长老:「尊者,吾兄摩诃因陀遣我至尊处,言国王弟妹阿奴拉欲与五姊妹、五侍女共出家,求随之出家。」彼女即疾速前往国王面前曰:「大王,我兄尊者摩诃因陀如此嘱托:‘国王弟妹阿奴拉与五姊妹、五侍女共欲出家,盼望吾兄安然来临。大王,请许我前往铜果岛。’」
Rājā āha – ‘‘amma, puttopi me mahindatthero nattā ca me sumanasāmaṇero maṃ chinnahatthaṃ viya karontā tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ gatā. Tassa mayhaṃ tepi apassantassa uppanno soko tava mukhaṃ passantassa vūpasammati! Alaṃ, amma, mā tvaṃ agamāsī’’ti. ‘‘Bhāriyaṃ me, mahārāja, bhātu vacanaṃ; anuḷāpi khattiyā itthisahassaparivutā pabbajjāpurekkhārā maṃ paṭimāneti; gacchāmahaṃ, mahārājā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, amma, mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhī’’ti. Kuto rañño mahābodhi? Rājā kira tato pubbe eva dhātuggahaṇatthāya anāgate sumane laṅkādīpaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesetukāmo, ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho asatthaghātārahaṃ mahābodhiṃ pesessāmī’’ti upāyaṃ apassanto mahādevaṃ nāma amaccaṃ pucchi. So āha – ‘‘santi, deva, bahū paṇḍitā bhikkhū’’ti. Taṃ sutvā rājā bhikkhusaṅghassa bhattaṃ paṭiyādetvā bhattakiccāvasāne saṅghaṃ pucchi – ‘‘gantabbaṃ nu kho, bhante, bhagavato mahābodhinā laṅkādīpaṃ no’’ti? Saṅgho moggaliputtatissattherassa bhāraṃ akāsi.
国王曰:「母亲,我兄尊者摩诃因陀与小沙门苏曼那,待我如断臂之恩,已远往铜果岛。看彼不来,我心甚痛!母亲啊,不必忧虑,莫要前来。」女答曰:「大王,此乃丈夫之令,阿奴拉为贵族女子,受千女庇护,多方盼望出家护持,故我必然前往。」国王曰:「既然,你便带归摩诃菩提吧。」何为国王之摩诃菩提?国王早有愿望,欲祖先所托,以赴斯里兰卡大菩提事。为此未至时,国王询问名大天神,曰:「我如何遣送不死佛菩提?」大天神答曰:「诸多博学比库皆在。」闻言后国王招待比库,供养饮食毕后问僧团:「适当前往否,大王,因世尊大菩提在斯里兰卡乎?」僧团将此重负授摩诃利菩提尊者。
Thero ‘‘gantabbaṃ, mahārāja, mahābodhinā laṅkādīpa’’nti vatvā bhagavato pañcamahāadhiṭṭhānāni kathesi. Katamāni pañca? Bhagavā kira mahāparinibbānamañce nipanno laṅkādīpe mahābodhipatiṭṭhāpanatthāya ‘‘asokamahārājā mahābodhiggahaṇatthaṃ gamissati, tadā mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā sayameva chijjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhātū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idamekamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
尊者言:「大王,须与大菩提赴斯里兰卡。」言毕,世尊授五大誓愿为教化内容。何谓五者?即佛陀于大般涅槃之时,在斯里兰卡设立大菩提,立誓曰:『阿育王将为护持大菩提而来,届时大菩提南枝自行折断,安置于黄金殿中。』此为第一誓愿。
Tattha patiṭṭhānakāle ca ‘‘mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā patiṭṭhātū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ dutiyamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
又谓立碑时,『大菩提将进入喜马拉雅山腹地,后安置于彼。』此为第二誓愿。
‘‘Sattame divase himavalāhakagabbhato oruyha suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahanto pattehi ca phalehi ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñcatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ tatiyamadhiṭṭhānaṃ.
又立誓曰:『第七日,大菩提将自喜马拉雅山腹下降,安置于黄金殿,周发叶果,散下六色莹光。』此为第三誓愿。
‘‘Thūpārāme dakkhiṇakkhakadhātu cetiyamhi patiṭṭhānadivase yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ catutthaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ.
又立言:『于佛塔院之南,安置舍利宝塔日,将展现双重奇迹。』此为第四誓愿。
Laṅkādīpamhiyeva me doṇamattā dhātuyo mahācetiyamhi patiṭṭhānakāle buddhavesaṃ gahetvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karontū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi – idaṃ pañcamaṃ adhiṭṭhānanti.
国王于兰伽岛上,在大舍利塔基座安置之时,心中立誓:『愿吾在此法中,摄受佛像,安奉供养,作双重护持。』此谓第五誓愿。
Rājā imāni pañca mahāadhiṭṭhānāni sutvā pasannacitto pāṭaliputtato yāva mahābodhi tāva maggaṃ paṭijaggāpetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhatthāya bahuṃ suvaṇṇaṃ nīharāpesi. Tāvadeva ca rañño cittaṃ ñatvā vissakammadevaputto kammāravaṇṇaṃ nimminitvā purato aṭṭhāsi. Rājā taṃ disvā ‘‘tāta, imaṃ suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā kaṭāhaṃ karohī’’ti āha. ‘‘Pamāṇaṃ, deva, jānāthā’’ti? ‘‘Tvameva, tāta, ñatvā karohī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, deva, karissāmī’’ti suvaṇṇaṃ gahetvā attano ānubhāvena hatthena parimajjitvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ nimmini navahatthaparikkhepaṃ pañcahatthubbedhaṃ tihatthavikkhambhaṃ aṭṭhaṅgulabahalaṃ hatthisoṇḍappamāṇamukhavaṭṭiṃ. Atha rājā sattayojanāyāmāya tiyojanavitthārāya mahatiyā senāya pāṭaliputtato nikkhamitvā ariyasaṅghamādāya mahābodhisamīpaṃ agamāsi. Senā samussitadhajapaṭākaṃ nānāratanavicittaṃ anekālaṅkārapaamaṇḍitaṃ nānāvidhakusumasamākiṇṇaṃ anekatūriyasaṅghuṭṭhaṃ mahābodhiṃ parikkhipi. Rājā sahassamatte gaṇapāmokkhe mahāthere gahetvā sakalajambudīpe pattābhisekānaṃ rājūnaṃ sahassena attānañca mahābodhiñca parivārāpetvā mahābodhimūle ṭhatvā mahābodhiṃ ullokesi. Mahābodhissa khandhañca dakkhiṇamahāsākhāya catuhatthappamāṇappadesañca ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ adassanaṃ agamāsi.
国王闻此五大誓愿,欢喜心从巴达里普塔至大菩提处,遍洒黄金,金叶甚多。又悉知王意,毗湿摩天子摄造金叶冠饰,立于前方。国王见状谓曰:『子呀,汝持此黄金,作金叶冠饰。』曰:『量度,天子,当知。』曰:『汝自知量度,当为作之。』答曰:『善哉,天子,愿为作。』遂执黄金,亲手涂抹,金叶冠造新成,长九手,宽五手,三折展开,厚八指,手臂毛量,面绕成圈。随后国王率大军,七由旬广,三由旬长,自巴达里普塔启程,迎接圣僧,诣大菩提前。军队旌旗飘扬,饰以宝饰,华花缀满,层层叠叠,将大菩提团围。国王与千众长老,在世间诸王加冕礼中,率众环绕大菩提,立于根基,朝视大菩提。于大菩提之南大枝,设置四十四手方圃,其余枝叶未见,即此完成。
Rājā taṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā uppannapītipāmojjo ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ disvā tuṭṭho mahābodhiṃ sakalajambudīparajjena pūjemī’’ti bhikkhusaṅghassa vatvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. Tato pupphagandhādīhi pūjetvā tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu vanditvā uṭṭhāya añjaliṃ paggayha ṭhatvā saccavacanakiriyāya bodhiṃ gaṇhitukāmo bhūmito yāva mahābodhissa dakkhiṇasākhā tāva uccaṃ katvā ṭhapitassa sabbaratanamayapīṭhassa upari suvaṇṇakaṭāhaṃ ṭhapāpetvā ratanapīṭhaṃ āruyha suvaṇṇatulikaṃ gahetvā manosilāya lekhaṃ katvā ‘‘yadi mahābodhinā laṅkādīpe patiṭṭhātabbaṃ, yadi cāhaṃ buddhasāsane nibbematiko bhaveyyaṃ, mahābodhi sayameva imasmiṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe oruyha patiṭṭhātū’’ti saccavacanakiriyamakāsi. Saha saccakiriyāya bodhisākhā manosilāya paricchinnaṭṭhāne chijjitvā gandhakalalapūrassa suvaṇṇakaṭāhassa upari aṭṭhāsi. Tassa ubbedhena dasahattho khandho hoti catuhatthā pañca mahāsākhā pañcahiyeva phalehi paṭimaṇḍitā, khuddakasākhānaṃ pana sahassaṃ. Atha rājā mūlalekhāya upari tivaṅgulappadese aññaṃ lekhaṃ paricchindi. Tato tāvadeva pupphuḷakā hutvā dasa mahāmūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. Puna uparūpari tivaṅgule tivaṅgule aññā nava lekhā paricchindi. Tāhipi dasa dasa pupphuḷakā hutvā navuti mūlāni nikkhamiṃsu. Paṭhamakā dasa mahāmūlā caturaṅgulamattaṃ nikkhantā. Itarepi gavakkhajālasadisaṃ anusibbantā nikkhantā. Ettakaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ rājā ratanapīṭhamatthake ṭhitoyeva disvā añjaliṃ paggayha mahānādaṃ nadi. Anekāni bhikkhusahassāni sādhukāramakaṃsu. Sakalarājasenā unnādinī ahosi. Celukkhepasatasahassāni pavattayiṃsu. Bhūmaṭṭhakadeve ādiṃ katvā yāva brahmakāyikā devā tāva sādhukāraṃ pavattayiṃsu. Rañño imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ passantassa pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīrassa añjaliṃ paggahetvā ṭhitasseva mahābodhi mūlasatena suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhāsi. Dasa mahāmūlāni suvaṇṇakaṭāhatalaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. Avasesāni navuti khuddakamūlāni anupubbena vaḍḍhanakāni hutvā gandhakalale oruyha ṭhitāni.
国王见此神迹,生欢喜欢喜之心,告僧团曰:『我见此神迹,欢喜无量,将于大菩提,以满诸乐礼尊供养。』遂供花香等,绕行三匝,于八处礼拜,立起合掌,作真言仪式,愿一以真语持护菩提。从地面至大菩提南枝,高筑宝座,上放置黄金冠饰。取金笔,写符咒曰:『若大菩提远传兰伽岛,若我能护佛法永续,愿以此金冠饰奉安于此。』施以真言后,则断开宝座上的枝杈,在香华淋洒的金冠饰上立起。枝杈数十根,有十手长,四十四大枝,果实各具五品,亦有千细枝。王于根字上,又刻别文于三指宽处。此时花开十甚多,出九十根,第一十大根约四指宽,其余枝如飞网般密匝伸展。观此神迹,王立于宝座前,合掌作大礼。僧众千余皆赞善,众王兵威严肃穆哨声起,百千龙众呼啸,诸梵天神赞叹,风云雷电四处交响,飞鸟啼鸣,遍行天地间,响声震动。五枝果实生出六色光芒,满布遍霞罗,如环护宝珠,至梵世界。七日后,大菩提入冰雪之腹,隐匿而立,无人能见。国王于宝座上七日礼拜大菩提。第七日,天空遍布雪与六色光辉,大菩提显现。冰雪消散,光明净朗,果枝饱满,置于金冠饰上,此乃公认大成。国王见此神迹,生欢喜心,誓以遍诸世间之众敬礼这嫩菩提,供以加冕礼,七日不去。
Evaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitamatte mahābodhimhi mahāpathavī cali. Ākāse devadundubhiyo phaliṃsu. Pabbatānaṃ naccehi devānaṃ sādhukārehi yakkhānaṃ hiṅkārehi asurānaṃ thutijappehi brahmānaṃ apphoṭanehi meghānaṃ gajjitehi catuppadānaṃ ravehi pakkhīnaṃ rutehi sabbatāḷāvacarānaṃ sakasakapaṭibhānehi pathavītalato yāva brahmalokā tāva ekakolāhalaṃ ekaninnādaṃ ahosi. Pañcasu sākhāsu phalato phalato chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo nikkhamitvā sakalacakkavāḷaṃ ratanagopānasīvinaddhaṃ viya kurumānā yāva brahmalokā abbhuggacchiṃsu. Taṃ khaṇato ca pana pabhuti satta divasāni mahābodhi himavalāhakagabbhaṃ pavisitvā aṭṭhāsi. Na koci mahābodhiṃ passati. Rājā ratanapīṭhato oruyha satta divasāni mahābodhipūjaṃ kāresi. Sattame divase sabbadisāhi himā ca chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo ca āvattitvā mahābodhimeva pavisiṃsu. Vigatahimavalāhake vippasanne cakkavāḷagabbhe mahābodhi paripuṇṇakhandhasākhāpasākho pañcaphalapaṭimaṇḍito suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitova paññāyittha. Rājā mahābodhiṃ disvā tehi pāṭihāriyehi sañjātapītipāmojjo ‘‘sakalajambudīparajjena taruṇamahābodhiṃ pūjessāmī’’ti abhisekaṃ datvā satta divasāni mahābodhiṭṭhāneyeva aṭṭhāsi.
大菩提初次安置黄金冠饰之夜。七日冰雪封盖及加冕结束,阴历十月望日,国王独自入巴达里普塔,于阴历八月十五日将大菩提置于西大堂根基。冠饰日日新生嫩枝,国王见之欢喜,再以王礼供养大菩提。时有善男子于十月望日,为摄受舍利,观见大菩提十月望日供奉。遂带之至巴达里普塔安置,语曰:『汝且持大菩提而去。』报曰:『善哉。』
Mahābodhi pubbakattikapavāraṇādivase sāyanhasamaye paṭhamaṃ suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhahi. Tato himagabbhasattāhaṃ abhisekasattāhañca vītināmetvā kāḷapakkhassa uposathadivase rājā ekadivaseneva pāṭaliputtaṃ pavisitvā kattikajuṇhapakkhassa pāṭipadadivase mahābodhiṃ pācīnamahāsālamūle ṭhapesi. Suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhitadivasato sattarasame divase mahābodhissa abhinavaṅkurā pāturahesuṃ. Te disvāpi pasanno rājā puna mahābodhiṃ rajjena pūjento sakalajambudīpābhisekamadāsi. Tadā sumanasāmaṇero kattikapuṇṇamadivase dhātuggahaṇatthaṃ gato mahābodhissa kattikachaṇapūjaṃ addasa. Evaṃ mahābodhimaṇḍato ānetvā pāṭaliputte ṭhapitaṃ mahābodhiṃ sandhāya āha – ‘‘tena hi, amma, mahābodhiṃ gahetvā gacchāhī’’ti. Sā ‘‘sādhū’’ti sampaṭicchi.
为护持大菩提,国王馈赠十八神祇族,八至族婆罗门族,八至家族,八至牧人族,八至车夫族,八至迦陵族,皆献八金壶及灌水用八黄金缸,八银缸。由此众护持大菩提,渡江以舟,入城市,越林地,历时七日至甘蔗林地。途中天龙神等护持盛赞大菩提,国王于江岸七日礼敬燃灯,赐予遍世间诸王国。此为第三遍全世间之福德。
Rājā mahābodhirakkhaṇatthāya aṭṭhārasa devatākulāni, aṭṭha amaccakulāni, aṭṭha brāhmaṇakulāni, aṭṭha kuṭumbiyakulāni, aṭṭha gopakakulāni, aṭṭha taracchakulāni, aṭṭha ca kāliṅgakulāni datvā udakasiñcanatthāya ca aṭṭha suvaṇṇaghaṭe, aṭṭha ca rajataghaṭe datvā iminā parivārena mahābodhiṃ gaṅgāya nāvaṃ āropetvā sayampi nagarato nikkhamitvā vijjhāṭaviṃ samatikkamma anupubbena sattahi divasehi tāmalittiṃ anuppatto. Antarāmagge devanāgamanussā uḷāraṃ mahābodhipūjaṃ akaṃsu. Rājāpi samuddatīre satta divasāni mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā sakalajambudīpamahārajjaṃ adāsi. Idamassa tatiyaṃ jambudīparajjasampadānaṃ hoti.
国王为守护大菩提树,施予十八天神家族、八大臣家族、八婆罗门家族、八居士家族、八守护家族、八豺狼家族,以及八咖陵伽家族;又为浇水灌溉之用,施予八只金瓶与八只银瓶。以此随从护卫,将大菩提树载上恒河之船,国王亦亲自从城中出发,越过毗荼森林,依次行进,于七日内抵达多摩梨帝城。沿途之中,天人、龙族、人众皆举行盛大的菩提树供养。国王亦在海岸边安置大菩提树七日,将整个阎浮提大王国奉献于此。此乃国王第三次奉献阎浮提王国。
Evaṃ mahārajjena pūjetvā māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivase asoko dhammarājā mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā saṅghamittattherimpi saparivāraṃ nāvaṃ āropetvā ariṭṭhaṃ amaccaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, tāta, mahābodhiṃ tikkhattuṃ sakalajambudīparajjena pūjetvā galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha mama sahāyakassa pesesiṃ, sopi evameva mahābodhiṃ pūjetū’’ti. Evaṃ sahāyakassa sāsanaṃ datvā ‘‘gacchati vatare, dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālaṃ vimuñcanto mahābodhirukkho’’ti vanditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā assūni pavattayamāno aṭṭhāsi. Sāpi kho mahābodhisamārūḷhā nāvā passato passato mahārājassa mahāsamuddatalaṃ pakkhantā. Mahāsamuddepi samantā yojanaṃ vīciyo vūpasantā; pañca vaṇṇāni padumāni pupphitāni; antalikkhe dibbāni tūriyāni pavajjiṃsu; ākāse jalajathalajarukkhādisannissitāhi devatāhi pavattitā ativiya uḷārā pūjā ahosi. Saṅghamittattherīpi supaṇṇarūpena mahāsamudde nāgakulāni santāsesi. Te ca utrastarūpā nāgā āgantvā taṃ vibhūtiṃ passitvā theriṃ yācitvā mahābodhiṃ nāgabhavanaṃ atiharitvā satta divasāni nāgarajjena pūjetvā puna nāvāyaṃ patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Taṃdivasameva nāvā jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ agamāsi. Asokamahārājāpi mahābodhiviyogadukkhito kanditvā roditvā yāva dassanavisayaṃ oloketvā paṭinivatti.
如是,以大王敬礼,在摩羯罗月初一日,阿育法王举起大菩提树,取水洒在头上,安放在船上,携同比库长老僧伽蜜他及其众随从登船,舵夫便对他说:“父王,我为全恒河流域的众王敬礼这棵大菩提树,取水洒于其上,并派遣我的随从护持,他们也如法敬礼这大菩提树。”于是,法王将教法授与随从,勉励他们:“去吧,驾船离开,解开十万士兵编织的网罟,尽放大菩提树。”他们顶礼合掌后起航离开。船只登上大菩提树所在的广阔海面。四周大海浩瀚绵延数由旬,开满五色莲花;天空中诸天放出无上光明,倚于莲花、地、水、树的天神绕树而舞,礼敬极为热烈。比库尼僧伽蜜他则化为金翅鸟形,在大海中安抚龙族。后来,形状似翅的龙族来到此处,见识这法王的壮丽,向长老乞求,护持大菩提树在龙宫七日,以龙王的威严敬礼。七日后,该船返回恒河城。阿育法王因分别大菩提而痛苦哀号,泣不成声,目送船只离去,直到消失于视野。
Devānampiyatisso mahārājāpi kho sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena māgasiramāsassa paṭhamapāṭipadadivasato pabhuti uttaradvārato paṭṭhāya yāva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ tāva maggaṃ sodhāpetvā alaṅkārāpetvā nagarato nikkhamanadivase uttaradvārasamīpe samuddasālavatthusmiṃ ṭhitoyeva tāya vibhūtiyā mahāsamudde āgacchantaṃyeva mahābodhiṃ therassa ānubhāvena disvā tuṭṭhamānaso nikkhamitvā sabbaṃ maggaṃ pañcavaṇṇehi pupphehi okirāpento antarantare pupphaagghiyāni ṭhapento ekāheneva jambukolapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā sabbatāḷāvacaraparivuto pupphadhūmagandhavāsādīhi pūjayamāno galappamāṇaṃ udakaṃ oruyha ‘‘āgato vatare, dasabalassa sarasaraṃsijālavissajjanako mahābodhirukkho’’ti pasannacitto mahābodhiṃ ukkhipitvā uttamaṅge sirasmiṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā mahābodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatehi soḷasahi jātisampannakulehi saddhiṃ samuddato paccuttaritvā samuddatīre mahābodhiṃ ṭhapetvā tīṇi divasāni sakalatambapaṇṇidīparajjena pūjesi, soḷasannaṃ jātisampannakulānaṃ rajjaṃ vicāresi. Atha catutthe divase mahābodhiṃ ādāya uḷāraṃ pūjaṃ kurumāno anupubbena anurādhapuraṃ sampatto. Anurādhapurepi mahāsakkāraṃ katvā cātuddasīdivase vaḍḍhamānakacchāyāya mahābodhiṃ uttaradvārena pavesetvā nagaramajjhena atiharanto dakkhiṇadvārena nikkhamitvā dakkhiṇadvārato pañcadhanusatike ṭhāne yattha amhākaṃ sammāsambuddho nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā nisīdi, purimakā ca tayo sammāsambuddhā samāpattiṃ appetvā nisīdiṃsu, yattha kakusandhassa bhagavato mahāsirīsabodhi, konāgamanassa bhagavato udumbarabodhi, kassapasammāsambuddhassa ca nigrodhabodhi patiṭṭhāsi, tasmiṃ mahāmeghavanuyyānassa tilakabhūte sumanasāmaṇerassa vacanena paṭhamameva katabhūmiparikamme rājavatthudvārakoṭṭhakaṭṭhāne mahābodhiṃ patiṭṭhāpesi.
天爱王阿迦提色也以尊贵沙门苏摩那的言语,于摩羯罗月初一日清晨,从北门出发,沿途考察通往恒河城之路,将道路整修修饰。出城当天,恒河城北门附近海边佛塔矗立,无有他物,唯见法王大菩提树及其神变显现,禅悦满心。法王拔起大菩提树,安置于顶端头部四周,护持起来,随后护持者由海侧航行,来到海岸边,供养三日,观礼以五色花装饰,迎接世间众生前来朝拜。第十六日,护持者持树由恒河城启程,前往安捏罗陀城。在安捏罗陀,众人向大菩提树大礼,第四十天,护持者于王城北门进入城中,穿过城中,又由南门出城,至南门附近五丹锣处,即圣者世尊入灭涅槃之地。于此处,于过去三位正觉世尊——迦旃延佛、阇耶那佛、咖萨巴佛相继入涅槃之地,在现今大云教派中,尊奉此处为「尊师苏摩那初次安置大菩提树之处」。
Kathaṃ? Tāni kira bodhiṃ parivāretvā āgatāni soḷasa jātisampannakulāni rājavesaṃ gaṇhiṃsu. Rājā dovārikavesaṃ gaṇhi. Soḷasa kulāni mahābodhiṃ gahetvā oropayiṃsu. Mahābodhi tesaṃ hatthato muttasamanantarameva asītihatthappamāṇaṃ vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo muñci. Raṃsiyo sakaladīpaṃ pattharitvā upari brahmalokaṃ āhacca aṭṭhaṃsu. Mahābodhipāṭihāriyaṃ disvā sañjātappasādāni dasapurisasahassāni anupubbavipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ patvā pabbajiṃsu. Yāva sūriyatthaṅgamā mahābodhi antalikkhe aṭṭhāsi. Atthaṅgamite pana sūriye rohiṇinakkhattena pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāsi. Saha bodhipatiṭṭhānā udakapariyantaṃ katvā mahāpathavī akampi. Patiṭṭhahitvā ca pana mahābodhi satta divasāni himagabbhe sannisīdi. Lokassa adassanaṃ agamāsi. Sattame divase vigatavalāhakaṃ nabhaṃ ahosi. Chabbaṇṇaraṃsiyo jalantā vipphurantā nicchariṃsu. Mahābodhissa khandho ca sākhāyo ca pattāni ca pañca phalāni ca dassiṃsu. Mahindatthero ca saṅghamittattherī ca rājā ca saparivārā mahābodhiṭṭhānameva agamaṃsu. Yebhuyyena ca sabbe dīpavāsino sannipatiṃsu. Tesaṃ passantānaṃyeva uttarasākhato ekaṃ phalaṃ paccitvā sākhato mucci. Thero hatthaṃ upanāmesi. Phalaṃ therassa hatthe patiṭṭhāsi. Taṃ thero ‘‘ropaya, mahārājā’’ti rañño adāsi. Rājā gahetvā suvaṇṇakaṭāhe madhurapaṃsuṃ ākiritvā gandhakalalaṃ pūretvā ropetvā mahābodhiāsannaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi. Sabbesaṃ passantānaṃyeva catuhatthappamāṇā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhā uṭṭhahiṃsu. Rājā taṃ acchariyaṃ disvā aṭṭha taruṇabodhirukkhe setacchattena pūjetvā abhisekaṃ adāsi. Tato ekaṃ bodhirukkhaṃ āgamanakāle mahābodhinā paṭhamapatiṭṭhitokāse jambukolapaṭṭane ropayiṃsu, ekaṃ tavakkabrāhmaṇassa gāmadvāre, ekaṃ thūpārāme, ekaṃ issaranimmānavihāre, ekaṃ paṭhamacetiyaṭṭhāne, ekaṃ cetiyapabbate, ekaṃ rohaṇajanapadamhi kājaragāme, ekaṃ rohaṇajanapadamhiyeva candanagāme. Itaresaṃ catunnaṃ phalānaṃ bījehi jāte dvattiṃsa bodhitaruṇe yojaniyaārāmesu patiṭṭhāpesuṃ.
如何呢?届时,其护持者攀护大菩提树而来,十六个世系的氏族争相承接王族服饰,王族掌管宫门服饰,这十六个氏族携持大菩提树,恰似抚猴子般轻轻将树放下。大菩提树如同用手一抛,立刻伸展出三十尺长的枝条。树枝遍布整个岛屿,通达诸天,飞升至梵天界。十城众仙因见此大菩提树神迹,心生信服,渐次学习修习观照智慧,证入阿拉汉果。直至太阳西沉,大菩提树仍耸立空中。太阳入没时,满月星亮现于地面。护持大菩提树者环绕七日坐于雪山之巅,远离尘劳世俗之扰。第七日,天空晴朗无云,三十尺长树枝生辉,流淌甘露,显露枝叶花果。长老摩诃印度比库、比库尼僧伽蜜他,诸国王及随从即聚于大菩提树处。众多岛民齐聚一堂。所见树枝摘下一枚果实,放于长老手中。长老将果实呈献王,王执金盒盛放甘露香粉,安置于大菩提树旁。求取甘露香粉者,均是岛民。树上八株年轻菩提树挺立。王因敬见此奇迹,着白盖礼敬八株菩提树,举行祝圣仪轨。此后,法王于恒河城先后种七棵菩提树:一株安置城门旁的塔婆院内;一株安置祈祷场所;一株安置国王府中;一株安置首佛塔处;一株安置佛塔山;一株安置若干村落;一株安置檀那村。其余四棵菩提树由结子繁茂的三十二年树苗,种植在各别佛塔林中。
Evaṃ puttanattuparamparāya samantā dīpavāsīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya patiṭṭhite dasabalassa dhammadhajabhūte mahābodhimhi anuḷā devī pañcahi kaññāsatehi pañcahi ca antepurikāsatehīti mātugāmasahassena saddhiṃ saṅghamittattheriyā santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva saparivārā arahatte patiṭṭhāsi. Ariṭṭhopi kho rañño bhāgineyyo pañcahi purisasatehi saddhiṃ therassa santike pabbajitvā nacirasseva saparivāro arahatte patiṭṭhāsi.
如此,众子孙世代相传,为恒河众岛居民的幸福安乐种下的这十株大菩提树,一时成为法轮袍的庄严。大菩提树旁一尊天女,手执五朵莲花与五朵末药花,率领一千户村民,在比库尼僧伽蜜他面前皈依出家,不久其众随从证入阿拉汉果。王的五兄弟与五百男众亦在该长老面前皈依出家,恭敬声闻果位,随即证入阿拉汉果。
Athekadivasaṃ rājā mahābodhiṃ vanditvā therena saddhiṃ thūpārāmaṃ gacchati. Tassa lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ sampattassa purisā pupphāni abhihariṃsu. Rājā therassa pupphāni adāsi. Thero pupphehi lohapāsādaṭṭhānaṃ pūjesi. Pupphesu bhūmiyaṃ patitamattesu mahābhūmicālo ahosi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, bhūmi calitā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Ismiṃ, mahārāja, okāse saṅghassa anāgate uposathāgāraṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti.
某日,王与长老同行,至宝塔所在之铁殿,众人散花轿祭祀。王献花于长老,长老以花供养铁殿。落花落于地面,震动大地。王问:“尊者,何以大地震动?”长老应言:“此处未来将兴建僧众法会用建筑,此示前因缘,陛下。”
Rājā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto ambaṅgaṇaṭṭhānaṃ patto. Tatthassa vaṇṇagandhasampannaṃ atimadhurarasaṃ ekaṃ ambapakkaṃ āharīyittha. Rājā taṃ therassa paribhogatthāya adāsi. Thero tattheva paribhuñjitvā ‘‘idaṃ ettheva ropethā’’ti āha. Rājā taṃ ambaṭṭhiṃ gahetvā tattheva ropetvā udakaṃ āsiñci. Saha ambabījaropanena pathavī akampi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampitthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Imasmiṃ, mahārāja, okāse saṅghassa anāgate ‘ambaṅgaṇaṃ’ nāma sannipātaṭṭhānaṃ bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti.
王复与长老同行,至芒果园。园中香气馥郁甘甜,王献一熟芒果于长老供养,长老当场食用,嘱王:“请就在此地种下树苗。”王将芒果核种植于地,浇以水,土地不动。王复问:“尊者,为何土地震动?”长老答:“陛下,此处未来将建有名为“芒果园”的集合聚落,此为前行因。”
Rājā tattha aṭṭha pupphamuṭṭhiyo okiritvā vanditvā puna therena saddhiṃ gacchanto mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ patto. Tatthassa purisā campakapupphāni abhihariṃsu. Tāni rājā therassa adāsi. Thero mahācetiyaṭṭhānaṃ pupphehi pūjetvā vandi. Tāvadeva mahāpathavī saṅkampi. Rājā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, pathavī kampitthā’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Imasmiṃ, mahārāja, okāse anāgate buddhassa bhagavato asadiso mahāthūpo bhavissati, tassetaṃ pubbanimitta’’nti. ‘‘Ahameva karomi, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Alaṃ, mahārāja, tumhākaṃ aññaṃ bahukammaṃ atthi, tumhākaṃ pana nattā duṭṭhagāmaṇī abhayo nāma kāressatī’’ti. Atha rājā ‘‘sace, bhante, mayhaṃ nattā karissati, kataṃyeva mayā’’ti dvādasahatthaṃ pāsāṇatthambhaṃ āharāpetvā ‘‘devānampiyatissassa rañño nattā duṭṭhagāmaṇī abhayo nāma imasmiṃ padese thūpaṃ karotū’’ti akkharāni likhāpetvā patiṭṭhāpetvā vanditvā theraṃ pucchi – ‘‘patiṭṭhitaṃ nu kho, bhante, tambapaṇṇidīpe sāsana’’nti? ‘‘Patiṭṭhitaṃ, mahārāja, sāsanaṃ; mūlāni panassa na tāva otarantī’’ti. ‘‘Kadā pana, bhante mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantī’’ti? ‘‘Yadā, mahārāja, tambapaṇṇidīpakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ tambapaṇṇidīpe jāto dārako tambapaṇṇidīpe pabbajitvā tambapaṇṇidīpamhiyeva vinayaṃ uggahetvā tambapaṇṇidīpe vācessati, tadā sāsanassa mūlāni otiṇṇāni nāma bhavissantī’’ti. ‘‘Atthi pana, bhante, ediso bhikkhū’’ti? ‘‘Atthi, mahārāja, mahāariṭṭho bhikkhu paṭibalo etasmiṃ kamme’’ti. ‘‘Mayā ettha, bhante, kiṃ kattabba’’nti? ‘‘Maṇḍapaṃ, mahārāja, kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu, bhante’’ti rājā meghavaṇṇābhayassa amaccassa pariveṇaṭṭhāne mahāsaṅgītikāle ajātasattumahārājena katamaṇḍapappakāraṃ rājānubhāvena maṇḍapaṃ kāretvā sabbatāḷāvacare sakasakasippesu payojetvā ‘‘sāsanassa mūlāni otarantāni passissāmī’’ti anekapurisasahassaparivuto thūpārāmaṃ anuppatto.
当时国王在八朵莲花座上起身恭敬礼拜,随后与长老同行来到大塔之地。此地众人献上含笑如兰的栴檀花,国王将这些花赠与长老。长老以花供养大塔,行礼敬拜。大地因此震动。国王问道:“尊者,大地为何震动?”长老答:“启示未来时代,将于此地出现与世尊无二的伟大佛塔,此为前行之相。”国王说:“尊者,这事由我亲自成就。”长老答:“国王陛下,众生皆有诸多业力,但你的母亲——名为‘恶行母亲无畏’,当为此佛塔建立者。”国王说:“尊者,若是我的母亲建造,我必定亲为其事。”于是他带来一块重达十二万钧的石柱,刻写铭文曰:“天神爱护的王——恶行母亲无畏,将于此地兴建佛塔。”立碑完成后,礼拜长老,问:“尊者,佛法在锡兰岛已稳定吗?”长老答:“法已建立,根本尚未完全扩展。”国王问:“何时根本得以扩展?”答曰:“当锡兰岛上的父母去世后,子女出家并认真学习戒律,娑婆法系将得以扩展。”国王又问:“尊者,曾有比库先前存在否?”答:“有,尊者,大长老恶行者曾在此行持。”国王问:“我在此应当作何行为?”答:“国王陛下,应建讲堂。”国王欢喜赞叹,在部长们聚集之地,于未生怨王时代,建成讲堂,包含瓦叶房舍,供养众多比库,愿见佛法根本扩展之果,众多贤人环绕于塔庙园中。
Tena kho pana samayena thūpārāme aṭṭhasaṭṭhi bhikkhusahassāni sannipatiṃsu. Mahāmahindattherassa āsanaṃ dakkhiṇābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanaṃ uttarābhimukhaṃ paññattaṃ hoti. Atha kho mahāariṭṭhatthero mahindattherena ajjhiṭṭho attano anurūpena pattānukkamena dhammāsane nisīdi. Mahindattherapamukhā aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā dhammāsanaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Raññopi kaniṭṭhabhātā mattābhayatthero nāma ‘‘dhuraggāho hutvā vinayaṃ uggaṇhissāmī’’ti pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ mahāariṭṭhattherassa dhammāsanameva parivāretvā nisīdi. Avasesāpi bhikkhū sarājikā ca parisā attano attano pattāsane nisīdiṃsu.
当时在塔庙园中聚集了八十六千名比库。大长老摩诃希达坐位向南明确确立。恶行大长老的法座则向北安置。恶行大长老亲近摩诃希达,依照各自的地位依次入座。摩诃希达与前方众多的大长老环坐,围绕着法座。年幼国王大名尊称“能护法者”,与五百比库共同围坐在恶行大长老的法座旁。其余比库则分别在各自座位静坐。
Athāyasmā mahāariṭṭhatthero tena samayena buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharati naḷerupucimandamūleti vinayanidānaṃ abhāsi. Bhāsite ca panāyasmatā ariṭṭhattherena vinayanidāne ākāsaṃ mahāviravaṃ ravi. Akālavijjulatā nicchariṃsu. Devatā sādhukāraṃ adaṃsu. Mahāpathavī udakapariyantaṃ katvā saṅkampi. Evaṃ anekesu pāṭihāriyesu vattamānesu āyasmā ariṭṭhatthero mahāmahindapamukhehi aṭṭhasaṭṭhiyā paccekagaṇīhi khīṇāsavamahātherehi tadaññehi ca aṭṭhasaṭṭhibhikkhusahassehi parivuto paṭhamakattikapavāraṇādivase thūpārāmavihāramajjhe satthu karuṇāguṇadīpakaṃ bhagavato anusiṭṭhikarānaṃ kāyakammavacīkammavipphanditavinayanaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ pakāsesi. Pakāsetvā ca yāvatāyukaṃ tiṭṭhamāno bahūnaṃ vācetvā bahūnaṃ hadaye patiṭṭhāpetvā anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyi. Tepi kho mahāmahindappamukhā tasmiṃ samāgame –
当时尊者恶行大长老于王时代,佛陀在威连颜崛山独坐,于律藏缘起中宣说律法。尊者恶行大长老宣说律藏时,天空清朗明净,日光普照。大地抖动环绕水源。诸神赞叹其美。正由于多种神迹显现,尊者恶行大长老在摩诃希达为首的八十六位独觉比库与众多八十六千名除烦恼的众比库环绕中,于初夏戒浴节期间,在塔庙园中宣说出世间至宝、慈悲觉者世尊金刚净戒的律藏。尊者详尽阐述,言辞恳切,令众多比库心生敬信,最终安住无余涅槃。摩诃希达与众在场人士共襄盛举,
‘‘Aṭṭhasaṭṭhi mahātherā, dhuraggāhā samāgatā;
‘‘八十六位大长老聚集,坚固不坏;
Paccekagaṇino sabbe, dhammarājassa sāvakā.
众独觉比库,共为法王之徒;
‘‘Khīṇāsavā vasippattā, tevijjā iddhikovidā;
断除烦恼已久,三明具足,神通广博;
Uttamatthamabhiññāya, anusāsiṃsu rājino.
彼等以崇高的目的洞察真相,因而教诲王者。
‘‘Ālokaṃ dassayitvāna, obhāsetvā mahiṃ imaṃ;
教诲的内容是:『展现光明,照耀这片大地;
Jalitvā aggikkhandhāva, nibbāyiṃsu mahesayo’’.
如同火焰燃烧木柴一样,高贵的长老们证得涅槃。』
Tesaṃ parinibbānato aparabhāge aññepi tesaṃ therānaṃ antevāsikā tissadattakāḷasumana-dīghasumanādayo ca mahāariṭṭhattherassa antevāsikā, antevāsikānaṃ antevāsikā cāti evaṃ pubbe vuttappakārā ācariyaparamparā imaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ yāvajjatanā ānesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ –
在他们涅槃之后的后期,还有其他比库长老的弟子,如提萨、达塔、迦罗素摩那与长素摩那等,以及伟大阿律陀长老的弟子们,均为此因缘留在世间。如此这般,遵循以前所传之法,师承相续的传承,持续将此律藏完整传承下来。据说——
‘‘Tatiyasaṅgahato pana uddhaṃ imaṃ dīpaṃ mahindādīhi ābhataṃ, mahindato uggahetvā kañci kālaṃ ariṭṭhattherādīhi ābhataṃ, tato yāvajjatanā tesaṃyeva antevāsikaparamparabhūtāya ācariyaparamparāya ābhata’’nti.
『第三组比库团体自上而下,接受由大鸣长老等人传授的学法,从大鸣长老经由阿律陀长老等人传受,再由此延续传至现今所有连绵不断的师承传承。』
Kattha patiṭṭhitanti? Yesaṃ pāḷito ca atthato ca anūnaṃ vattati, maṇighaṭe pakkhittatelamiva īsakampi na paggharati, evarūpesu adhimattasati-gati-dhiti-mantesu lajjīsu kukkuccakesu sikkhākāmesu puggalesu patiṭṭhitanti veditabbaṃ. Tasmā vinayapatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ sallakkhetvā sikkhākāmena bhikkhunā vinayo pariyāpuṇitabbo.
何以立此传承基础?是以言教与实义俱备为少少流传内核,正如鸣锅中倒出的油滴不被风吹散一般,此种具有坚固自在、决心信心且端正谦恭、不生怀疑,且有精进求学意愿之比库,方能建立此传承。故为建立律藏之传承,须以律本之诠释为依据,标记其因缘,具备求学之心,方能使比库完整受持律藏。
Tatrāyaṃ vinayapariyattiyā ānisaṃso – vinayapariyattikusalo hi puggalo sāsane paṭiladdhasaddhānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ mātāpituṭṭhāniyo hoti, tadāyattā hi nesaṃ pabbajjā upasampadā vattānuvattapaṭipatti ācāragocarakusalatā. Api cassa vinayapariyattiṃ nissāya attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito; kukkuccapakatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ hoti; visārado saṅghamajjhe voharati; paccatthike sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇhāti; saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā vinayadhare puggale; attano sīlakkhandho sugutto hoti surakkhito…pe… saddhammaṭṭhitiyā paṭipanno hotī’’ti (pari. 325).
这里针对律经教理的称赞说——精通律藏的人,在戒法上获得信心的家子,能够使父母欢喜,他们专注于这种出家及受具足戒的修习,依教奉行戒律的行为习惯善巧。依靠律藏,自己持守的戒法稳固且受到保护;对有怨恨的比库不生烦恼,反而求其回归;善于于僧团中调和相处;对事物加以缜密收藏;坚定于正法而依止。世尊因此说——『比库们,有五种对持戒者的称赞:自己持守的戒法稳固且坚固……总是坚定依止正法』(律部第三百二十五经) 。
Ye cāpi saṃvaramūlakā kusalā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, vinayadharo puggalo tesaṃ dāyādo; vinayamūlakattā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ. Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘vinayo saṃvaratthāya, saṃvaro avippaṭisāratthāya, avippaṭisāro pāmojjatthāya, pāmojjaṃ pītatthāya, pīti passaddhatthāya, passaddhi sukhatthāya, sukhaṃ samādhatthāya, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanatthāya, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidatthāya, nibbidā virāgatthāya, virāgo vimuttatthāya , vimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanatthāya, vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ anupādāparinibbānatthāya. Etadatthā kathā, etadatthā mantanā, etadatthā upanisā, etadatthaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ – yadidaṃ anupādācittassa vimokkho’’ti (pari. 366). Tasmā vinayapariyattiyā āyogo karaṇīyoti.
又如佛陀所说,凡以禁止于欲为基础的善法,持戒的比库就是这些法的继承者,而以律戒为基础的即是这些法的根本。佛陀还说——『律戒的功用是为制止行为的,制止是为止息苦恼,止息是为生欢喜,欢喜是为安静,安静是为安乐,安乐是禅定,禅定则有如实的见知觉察,如实见知觉察导致厌离,厌离则导致离欲,离欲则是解脱,解脱是对解脱的见知,解脱的见知是无执着的涅槃。』这就是说法,反复思惟法,精勤学习法,专注闻法,这正是无执着心的解脱。因而应当精勤练习律藏的精要。
Ettāvatā ca yā sā vinayasaṃvaṇṇanatthaṃ mātikā ṭhapitā tattha –
此次专门作成律藏梗概的根本条目卡片如下——
‘‘Vuttaṃ yena yadā yasmā, dhāritaṃ yena cābhataṃ;
『只要说出是什么,什么时候发生的,
Yatthappatiṭṭhitaṃ cetametaṃ, vatvā vidhiṃ tato’’ti.
依据何种保留和原理,这心念成立于何处,依照程序加以说明。』
Imissā tāva gāthāya attho pakāsito vinayassa ca bāhiranidānavaṇṇanā yathādhippāyaṃ saṃvaṇṇitā hotīti.
这几句偈颂阐明了律藏外部起因的梗概,依此适当条理明确加以分类说明。
Tatiyasaṅgītikathā niṭṭhitā. · 第三结集之说已毕。
Bāhiranidānakathā niṭṭhitā. · 外缘起之说已毕。